WO2021135618A1 - Interface display method and related apparatus - Google Patents
Interface display method and related apparatus Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2021135618A1 WO2021135618A1 PCT/CN2020/125968 CN2020125968W WO2021135618A1 WO 2021135618 A1 WO2021135618 A1 WO 2021135618A1 CN 2020125968 W CN2020125968 W CN 2020125968W WO 2021135618 A1 WO2021135618 A1 WO 2021135618A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- display area
- display
- interface
- electronic device
- user interface
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Ceased
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING OR CALCULATING; COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
- G06F3/14—Digital output to display device ; Cooperation and interconnection of the display device with other functional units
- G06F3/1423—Digital output to display device ; Cooperation and interconnection of the display device with other functional units controlling a plurality of local displays, e.g. CRT and flat panel display
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING OR CALCULATING; COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
- G06F3/01—Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
- G06F3/048—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
- G06F3/0481—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING OR CALCULATING; COUNTING
- G06Q—INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- G06Q20/00—Payment architectures, schemes or protocols
- G06Q20/30—Payment architectures, schemes or protocols characterised by the use of specific devices or networks
- G06Q20/32—Payment architectures, schemes or protocols characterised by the use of specific devices or networks using wireless devices
- G06Q20/327—Short range or proximity payments by means of M-devices
- G06Q20/3274—Short range or proximity payments by means of M-devices using a pictured code, e.g. barcode or QR-code, being displayed on the M-device
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING OR CALCULATING; COUNTING
- G06V—IMAGE OR VIDEO RECOGNITION OR UNDERSTANDING
- G06V40/00—Recognition of biometric, human-related or animal-related patterns in image or video data
- G06V40/10—Human or animal bodies, e.g. vehicle occupants or pedestrians; Body parts, e.g. hands
- G06V40/16—Human faces, e.g. facial parts, sketches or expressions
- G06V40/161—Detection; Localisation; Normalisation
Definitions
- This application relates to the field of terminal technology, and in particular to an interface display method and related devices.
- the foldable display screen has the characteristics of strong flexibility and foldability.
- the display screen of the folding screen device can be switched between a folded form and an unfolded form.
- the folding screen device can switch between the two display areas of the display screen according to the posture of the folding screen device.
- the two display areas may include a first display area and a second display area.
- the folding screen device can detect that the gesture of the folding screen device is switched from the first display area facing the human face to the second display area facing the human face, and the folding screen device can display on the first display area The content is switched to the second display area for display. In this way, when the first display area faces the human face, the content is displayed on the first display area, and when the second display area faces the human face, the content is displayed on the second display area, which improves the convenience of display.
- one of the two screens of the folding screen device can display a two-dimensional code for scanning, for example, the first display area displays a two-dimensional code interface.
- the folding screen device switches the two-dimensional code interface to the second display area for display. In this way, it is not conducive for the folding screen device to display the two-dimensional code to another device, which reduces the convenience.
- the embodiments of the present application provide an interface display method and related devices. This method can be implemented, and a specific user interface (such as a two-dimensional code interface) will not switch to a different display area for display along with the deflection of the electronic device. In this way, it is convenient for the user to turn the electronic device to share the specific user interface to other users for viewing or sharing to other devices for scanning, which can improve the convenience of display.
- a specific user interface such as a two-dimensional code interface
- the embodiments of the present application provide an interface display method, which is applied to an electronic device, the electronic device includes a foldable display screen, the foldable display screen includes a first display area and a second display area, the method The method includes: displaying a first display interface through the first display area, wherein the foldable display screen is in a folded or unfolded state; detecting the deflection angle of the electronic device through a sensor; if the first display interface contains a specific user interface, when It is detected that the deflection angle of the electronic device is greater than the deflection angle threshold, and the specific user interface is displayed through the first display area; when the first display interface does not include the specific user interface, in response to the detection of the deflection of the electronic device When the angle is greater than the deflection angle threshold, the first display interface is displayed through the second display area.
- the foldable display screen is in a folded or unfolded form, and when the electronic device switches to a specific user interface, the electronic device can display the specific user interface through the first display area.
- the specific user interface will not switch to a different display area for display when the electronic device is turned over, which is convenient for the user to turn the electronic device to share the specific user interface to other users for viewing or sharing to other devices for scanning, which can improve the convenience of display.
- displaying the specific user interface through the first display area may include the following situations: 1 only The specific user interface is displayed through the first display area, that is, the specific user interface is fixedly displayed on the first display area, and the specific user interface is not switched to the second display area for display due to the change of the posture of the folding screen device. 2 Simultaneously display the specific user interface through the first display area and the second display area.
- the folding screen device detects a change in the display area facing the human face, that is, when the posture of the folding screen device changes, the folding screen device determines that the deflection angle of the folding screen device is greater than the threshold.
- the posture of the electronic device may include: the first display area faces the human face, and the second display area faces the human face.
- the posture change of the electronic device includes, for example: changing from the first display area to the face, changing to the second display area facing the face; changing from the second display area to the face, changing to the first display area facing the face.
- the specific user interface includes any one or more of the following: a two-dimensional code interface, a video playback interface, and an image interface.
- the following are respectively introduced: (1)
- the specific user interface includes a QR code interface.
- the specific user interface includes a video playback interface (the image interface is similar).
- the foldable display screen is in the folded or unfolded form.
- the specific user interface includes a QR code interface
- the electronic device When it is detected that the electronic device is switched to the two-dimensional code interface, the electronic device can be fixed in a display area (for example, the first display area) to display the two-dimensional code interface, or display the two-dimensional code interface in both the first display area and the second display area. Dimension code interface. In this way, no matter what posture the electronic device is in, the electronic device will not switch the display area of the two-dimensional code interface due to the change of the posture of the folding screen device.
- a display area for example, the first display area
- the two-dimensional code interface is displayed on the first display area, and the two-dimensional code interface does not switch to a different display area for display as the electronic device is turned over.
- the code scanner can easily scan the QR code interface displayed by the electronic device, which improves the convenience.
- the two-dimensional code interface is displayed in both the first display area and the second display area.
- the two-dimensional code interface is displayed no matter how the electronic device flips the two display areas.
- the code scanner can scan the QR code interface displayed in any display area of the electronic device, which improves the convenience.
- the specific user interface includes a video playback interface (the image interface is similar)
- the electronic device When it is detected that the electronic device switches to the video playback interface, the electronic device can display the video playback interface in a fixed display area. The user can flip the electronic device (the posture of the electronic device is changed) for other users on the opposite side to watch the video playback interface in the display area. The video playback interface displayed in the display area will not switch when the deflection angle of the electronic device is greater than the deflection angle threshold. Display on another display area, which brings convenience. In some implementation manners, when it is detected that the electronic device switches to the video playback interface, the electronic device may display the video playback interface in both the first display area and the second display area. In this way, the user does not need to turn over the electronic device, and the user and other users on the opposite side can watch the video playback interface through different display areas respectively, thereby bringing convenience.
- the electronic device detecting that the switching to the specific user interface may include: detecting a user operation for opening the specific user interface.
- the specific user interface is exemplarily a two-dimensional code interface.
- the electronic device detects that it is switched to the two-dimensional code interface it further includes: displaying a second user interface (for example, a user interface of a WeChat application), and the second user interface includes payment and collection options.
- the user operation used to open the specific user interface ie, the two-dimensional code interface
- the electronic device detects that it is switched to the specific user interface.
- which interfaces are included in the specific user interface may be determined in response to the user operating the electronic device. For example, the user can set in the system settings the interface of which applications to turn off the automatic switching display area function, or the status of displaying content on both the primary and secondary screens.
- the senor includes at least one of the following: a gyroscope sensor, a touch sensor, a pressure sensor, or a camera.
- the electronic device is fixed in the first display area or fixed in the second display area to display the specific user interface, or the electronic device is fixed in the first display area and the second display area.
- the method further includes: when it is detected that the specific user interface is switched to the first user interface, the electronic device displays the first user interface in the first user interface according to the change of the posture of the electronic device. Switch display between the display area and the second display area; wherein, the first user interface is any user interface other than the specific user interface.
- the electronic device resumes the function of automatically switching the display area.
- the electronic device displays the first user interface. That is, the electronic device can be turned over with the device of the electronic device, and the first user interface can be switched and displayed between the first display area and the second display area. That is, when the first display area faces the human face, the electronic device displays the first user interface in the first display area and closes the second display area. When the second display area faces the human face, the electronic device displays the first user interface in the second display area and closes the first display area. Interfaces other than the QR code do not share the demand for scanning with the code scanner. In this way, when the first display area faces the human face, the first user interface is displayed on the first display area, and when the second display area faces the human face, the first user interface is displayed on the second display area to improve the display. The convenience.
- the first display interface includes a specific user interface
- the first display interface includes first prompt information
- the first prompt information is used to prompt when the deflection angle of the electronic device is greater than all.
- the deflection angle threshold is used to display the specific user interface through the first display area.
- a prompt control is used to prompt the user that the display area has been fixed or that the display area has been displayed on dual screens.
- the user can follow the prompt without turning over the electronic device, which is convenient for the user to hold the electronic device to display the QR code interface to the barcode scanner, which improves the convenience.
- the method further includes: in response to a user operation acting on the first prompt information, the electronic device detects the electronic The deflection angle of the device is greater than the deflection angle threshold, and the specific user interface is displayed in the second display area.
- the method further includes: if the first display interface includes a specific user interface, the first display interface includes second prompt information; in response to a user operation acting on the second prompt information , Displaying the specific user interface through the second display area; or in response to a user operation acting on the second prompt information, displaying the specific user interface through the first display area and the second display area.
- the electronic device displays the QR code interface
- the user can touch the second prompt control, so that the electronic device displays the QR code interface in the second display area without the user having to turn over
- the two-dimensional code interface displayed in the second display area can be scanned by the scanner, thereby improving the convenience of scanning the code.
- the second display area displays the After the first display interface, the method further includes: displaying a first switch control through the folding screen; in response to a user operation acting on the first switch control, if it is detected that the deflection angle of the electronic device is greater than the deflection angle threshold, The electronic device does not switch to display the display area of the first display interface, or simultaneously displays the first display interface through the first display area and the second display area.
- the first switch control may be included in the status bar.
- the electronic device can receive a sliding operation on the status bar (for example, sliding down from the position of the status bar), and in response to the sliding operation on the status bar, the electronic device can display a notification bar.
- the user when the user wants to display the first display interface fixedly in the first display area or the second display area, or wants to display the first display interface in both the first display area and the second display area, the user can use the notification bar
- the switch control is realized.
- the displayed first display interface may not be limited to include the above-mentioned specific user interface, and may include any interface. In this way, it is convenient for the user to share the first display interface with others through a fixed display area (for example, the first display area) or two display areas, thereby improving convenience.
- the method further includes: the electronic device displays a setting interface, the setting interface includes a second switch control; in response to a user operation on the second switch control, the electronic device starts a function of automatically switching the display area Wherein, when the function of automatically switching the display area is turned on, the electronic device displays the first display interface in the first display area and the second display area based on the detected deflection angle of the electronic device being greater than the deflection angle threshold Switch display between.
- the function of automatically switching the display area in the electronic device can be turned on or off according to a user operation, which improves convenience.
- This application introduces an electronic device including a foldable display screen as an example, but it is not limited to an electronic device including a foldable display screen, and it may also be an electronic device including a display screen on both sides of the device.
- the software system of the electronic device includes an application layer, an application framework layer, a system library, and a kernel layer.
- the application framework layer contains information processing modules;
- the system library can contain display modules and angle calculation modules;
- the kernel layer can contain display drivers and sensor drivers. If the first display interface includes a specific user interface, when it is detected that the deflection angle of the electronic device is greater than the deflection angle threshold, displaying the specific user interface through the first display area includes: an application (such as a WeChat application) detects a switch To a specific user interface, the application informs the information processing module, and the information processing module informs the display module.
- an application such as a WeChat application
- the display module learns from the angle calculation module that the display screen is in the folded or unfolded form, the display module turns off the function of automatically switching the display area that is turned on.
- the display module notifies the display driver to drive the fixed display of the specific user interface in the first display area according to the first display area currently being displayed.
- the application can obtain the current display form from the angle calculation module, and only when the display is in a folded form or an expanded form, the WeChat application notifies the information processing module according to the switched QR code interface. When the display screen is in a flat form, there will be no notification. The display module does not need to obtain the shape of the display screen from the angle calculation module.
- the electronic device When switching to a specific user interface is detected, the electronic device displays the specific user interface in both the first display area and the second display area, including: when an application (such as a WeChat application) detects the switch to a specific user interface, the application changes from The angle calculation module obtains the shape of the current display screen. When it is in the folded or unfolded form, the application informs the information processing module, and the information processing module informs the display module. When the display module learns from the angle calculation module that the display screen is in a folded or unfolded form, the display module notifies the display driver to drive the display screen to display the two-dimensional code interface on both the first display area and the second display area.
- an application such as a WeChat application
- an embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device that includes: one or more processors; a memory; a sensor; a foldable display screen; the foldable display screen includes a first display area and a second display Area, and one or more computer programs, where the one or more computer programs are stored in the memory, and the one or more computer programs include instructions that, when executed by the electronic device, cause the electronic device to execute
- the sensor detects the deflection angle of the electronic device; if the first display interface includes a specific user interface, when it is detected that the deflection angle of the electronic device is greater than the deflection angle threshold, the specific display area is displayed User interface; when the first display interface does not include the specific user interface, in response to detecting that the deflection angle of the electronic device is greater than the deflection angle threshold, the first display interface is displayed through the second display area.
- the foldable display screen is in a folded or unfolded form.
- the electronic device can be fixed in a display area to display the specific user interface, or in the first Both the display area and the second display area display the specific user interface.
- the specific user interface will not switch to a different display area for display when the electronic device is turned over, which is convenient for the user to turn the electronic device to share the specific user interface to other users for viewing or sharing to other devices for scanning, which can improve the convenience of display.
- the specific user interface includes any one or more of the following: a two-dimensional code interface, a video playback interface, and an image interface.
- the senor includes at least one of the following: a gyroscope sensor, a touch sensor, a pressure sensor, or a camera.
- the electronic device when the instruction is executed by the electronic device, the electronic device further performs the following steps: when it is detected that the specific user interface is exited from the specific user interface, according to the detected deflection of the electronic device When the angle is greater than the deflection angle threshold, the user interface is switched and displayed between the first display area and the second display area; wherein, the user interface is any user interface other than the specific user interface.
- the electronic device resumes the function of automatically switching the display area.
- the electronic device displays the first user interface. That is, the electronic device can switch and display the first user interface between the first display area and the second display area according to the change of the posture of the electronic device. That is, when the first display area faces the human face, the electronic device displays the first user interface in the first display area and closes the second display area. When the second display area faces the human face, the electronic device displays the first user interface in the second display area and closes the first display area. Interfaces other than the QR code do not share the demand for scanning with the code scanner. In this way, when the first display area faces the human face, the first user interface is displayed on the first display area, and when the second display area faces the human face, the first user interface is displayed on the second display area to improve the display. The convenience.
- the first display interface includes a specific user interface
- the first display interface includes first prompt information
- the first prompt information is used to prompt when the deflection angle of the electronic device is greater than all
- the deflection angle threshold is used to display the specific user interface through the first display area.
- a prompt control is used to prompt the user that the display area has been fixed or that the display area has been displayed on dual screens.
- the user can follow the prompt without turning over the electronic device, which is convenient for the user to hold the electronic device to display the QR code interface to the barcode scanner, which improves the convenience.
- the electronic device when the instruction is executed by the electronic device, the electronic device further executes the following steps: in response to a user operation acting on the first prompt information, according to the flip of the electronic device, The specific user interface is switched and displayed between the first display area and the second display area.
- the electronic device when the instruction is executed by the electronic device, the electronic device further performs the following steps: if the first display interface includes a specific user interface, the first display interface includes second prompt information ; In response to a user operation acting on the second prompt information, the specific user interface is displayed through the second display area; or in response to a user operation acting on the second prompt information, through the first display area and the second The display area displays the specific user interface.
- the electronic device displays the QR code interface
- the user can touch the second prompt control, so that the electronic device displays the QR code interface in the second display area without the user having to turn over
- the two-dimensional code interface displayed in the second display area can be scanned by the scanner, thereby improving the convenience of scanning the code.
- the electronic device when the instruction is executed by the electronic device, the electronic device further performs the following steps: displaying the first switch control through the folding screen; responding to the user acting on the first switch control Operation, if it is detected that the deflection angle of the electronic device is greater than the deflection angle threshold, the electronic device does not switch to display the display area of the first display interface, or simultaneously displays the first display area through the first display area and the second display area.
- One display interface is displaying the first switch control through the folding screen; responding to the user acting on the first switch control Operation, if it is detected that the deflection angle of the electronic device is greater than the deflection angle threshold, the electronic device does not switch to display the display area of the first display interface, or simultaneously displays the first display area through the first display area and the second display area.
- the displayed content may not be limited to the above-mentioned specific user interface, and may be any interface. In this way, it is convenient for the user to share the display content with others through a fixed display area (for example, the first display area) or two display areas, thereby improving convenience.
- the electronic device when the instruction is executed by the electronic device, the electronic device further performs the following steps: displaying a setting interface, the setting interface including a second switch control; in response to acting on the second switch The user operation of the control turns on the function of automatically switching the display area; wherein, when the function of automatically switching the display area is turned on, the electronic device will display content in the first display area and the second display area according to the change of the posture of the electronic device. Switch display between display areas.
- the function of automatically switching the display area in the electronic device can be turned on or off according to a user operation, which improves convenience.
- the embodiments of the present application provide a chip, which is applied to an electronic device, the chip includes one or more processors, and the processor is used to invoke computer instructions to make the electronic device execute the first aspect and the first aspect.
- the embodiments of the present application provide a computer program product containing instructions.
- the computer program product is run on an electronic device, the electronic device is caused to execute the first aspect and any possible implementation manner in the first aspect. Described method.
- an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, including instructions, which when the above instructions run on an electronic device, cause the electronic device to execute the first aspect and any possible implementation manner in the first aspect Described method.
- the electronic equipment provided in the second aspect, the chip provided in the third aspect, the computer program product provided in the fourth aspect, and the computer storage medium provided in the fifth aspect provided above are all used to execute the methods provided in the embodiments of the present application. method. Therefore, the beneficial effects that can be achieved can refer to the beneficial effects in the corresponding method, which will not be repeated here.
- FIG. 1a and 1b are functional schematic diagrams of automatically switching display areas provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- FIGS. 2a to 2c are schematic diagrams of the structure of a foldable display screen in an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- 3a and 3b are schematic diagrams of a scenario where an electronic device according to an embodiment of the present application displays a QR code for scanning;
- FIGS. 4a to 4h are schematic diagrams of some user interfaces provided by embodiments of the present application.
- 5a to 5c are schematic diagrams of some user interfaces provided by embodiments of the present application.
- FIG. 6a to 6b are schematic diagrams of some user interfaces provided by embodiments of the present application.
- Figures 7a-7b are schematic diagrams of some user interfaces provided by embodiments of the present application.
- FIG. 8a to 8b are schematic diagrams of some user interfaces provided by embodiments of the present application.
- FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a user interface provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- FIGS. 10a to 10b are schematic diagrams of user interfaces provided by embodiments of the present application.
- FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device 100 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 12a is a schematic diagram of a folding display screen provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 12b is a schematic diagram of a coordinate system of a gyroscope sensor provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- 13a to 13b are schematic diagrams of the coordinate system of the gyroscope sensor in the upper first display area and the second display area of an electronic device 100 according to an embodiment of the present application;
- FIG. 14 is a software structure block diagram of an electronic device 100 provided exemplarily in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 15 is a schematic flowchart of a display method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 16 is a schematic flowchart of another display method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- FIGS. 2a to 2c are schematic structural diagrams of a foldable display screen in an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- the foldable display screen is applied to electronic equipment.
- the foldable display screen may include a first display area and a second display area.
- the first display area and the second display area are connected by a bending part.
- the display screen can fold the first display area and the second display area in half through the bending part.
- the bending part may belong to a part of the display screen and may be used for display.
- the bending part, the first display area and the second display area are integrated.
- the bending part may only be used to connect the first display area and the second display area, and the bending part may not belong to a part of the display screen.
- the foldable display screen may include at least the following forms: a flattened form, a folded form, and an expanded form.
- the foldable display screen shown in FIG. 2a is in a flattened form
- the foldable display screen shown in FIG. 2b is in a folded form.
- the foldable display screen shown in Figure 2c is in an unfolded form.
- the opening angle of the foldable display screen may be between 0° and 180°, and may also be between 0° and 360°.
- the angle between the plane where the first display area is located and the plane where the second display area is located also known as: the opening angle of the foldable display screen is 180° ⁇ . That is, the first display area and the second display area are in the same plane, and the first display area and the second display area are distributed evenly.
- the first display area and the second display area form a continuous display area through the bending part.
- the electronic device may display the user interface in the display area composed of the first display area and the second display area. In this state, the electronic device can display the user interface in full screen.
- ⁇ is a non-negative angle value, for example, 2°, 0°.
- the opening angle of the foldable display screen can be 0°+ ⁇ , for example The opening angle is 0°.
- ⁇ is a non-negative angle value, for example, 3°, 0°.
- the opening angle of the foldable display screen is ⁇ .
- the opening angle is the angle at which the plane on which the first display area is located and the plane on which the second display area is located in the folded state shown in FIG. 2b as a reference state are rotated with the bending part as the axis.
- the value range of the opening angle ⁇ may include ⁇ 180°, for example, the opening angle ⁇ in the folded state may include 30°, 45°, 90°, 150°, and so on.
- the embodiment of the present application takes the left and right folding of the electronic device as an example for introduction, but it is not limited to the left and right folding.
- the electronic device may also be a device that is folded up and down, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
- the folding screen device may only display the user interface on one of the first display area and the second display area.
- the folding screen device can only display the user on one of the first display area and the second display area. interface.
- the exemplary folding screen device only displays the user interface in the first display area, and the second display area may not display the screen off.
- the folding screen device can select a display area from the first display area and the second display area to display the user interface according to the posture of the folding screen device.
- the posture of the folding screen device may include a change in the orientation of the display area.
- the orientation of the first or second display area for example, facing up or down
- the first display area faces the human face
- the second display area faces the human face, and so on.
- the folding screen device is also in the folded form accordingly.
- the folding screen device is also in the unfolded form accordingly.
- the folding screen device is also in a flattened form accordingly.
- the folding screen device can determine the angular velocity of the folding screen device in a three-dimensional space through a gyroscope sensor, thereby determining the rotation angle of the folding screen device relative to a certain direction (for example, a horizontal direction).
- the folding screen device can determine whether the first display area faces the human face or the second display area faces the human face according to the corner, and select the display area facing the human face from the first display area and the second display area to display the user interface.
- the specific principle of measuring the posture of the folding screen device through the gyroscope sensor can refer to the description of Figs. 13a to 13b, which will not be repeated here.
- a pressure sensor and/or a touch sensor can also be used to detect the state in which the first display area and the second display area are touched.
- the display area that is continuously touched can be recognized as the display area facing away from the face, so that the folding screen device determines the display area facing the face from the first display area and the second display area, and displays the user interface through the display area facing the face .
- a camera may be installed on the body where the first display area is located and the body where the second display area is located. Both the camera corresponding to the first display area and the camera corresponding to the first display area can capture images. The collected face image indicates that the corresponding display area faces the face.
- the folding screen device selects the display area facing the human face to display the user interface. For example, when the camera corresponding to the first display area collects a human face image, and the image collected by the second display area does not include a human face image, the folding screen device determines that the first display area faces the human face.
- the folding screen device may determine the posture of the folding screen device according to any one or more of the aforementioned methods, and select the display area facing the human face to display the user interface according to the posture.
- the folding screen device can detect its own posture in real time, and switch the display area for displaying the user interface according to the posture.
- the posture of the folding screen device is that the first display area faces the human face, and the folding screen device displays the user interface in the first display area and closes the second display area.
- the folding device closes the first display area, opens the second display area and displays the user interface on the second display area.
- This function can be called the function of automatically switching the display area, that is, the first display content displayed in the first display area is switched to the second display area.
- the second display area can be displayed.
- the first display content is displayed simultaneously with the first display area; or after the first display content is switched to the second display area for display, the first display area is turned off.
- the folding screen device when the folding screen device detects a change in the display area facing the human face, that is, when the posture of the folding screen device changes, the folding screen device determines that the deflection angle of the folding screen device is greater than the deflection angle threshold. For example, if the folding screen device detects the switch from the first display area facing the human face to the second display area facing the human face through the sensor, it detects that the deflection angle of the folding screen device is greater than the deflection angle threshold, that is, the first display area faces the human face. Flip so that the second display area faces the human face.
- FIG. 1a and FIG. 1b are functional schematic diagrams of automatically switching the display area provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- the folding screen device when it is detected that the posture of the folding screen device is that the first display area faces the human face, the folding screen device only displays the user interface 90 (for example, the main screen interface 90) in the first display area, and the second display area Can be turned off without displaying.
- the folding screen device when it is detected that the posture of the folding screen device is flipped from the first display area facing up and the second display area facing down to the first display area facing down and the second display area facing up, the folding screen device can turn The user interface 90 displayed on the first display area is switched to the second display area for display.
- the folding device can close the first display area, open the second display area, and display the user interface 90 in the second display area. In this way, the convenience of display can be improved.
- detecting by the sensor that the first display area faces the human face includes the first display area facing upward, and detecting that the second display area faces the human face includes the first display area facing downward (the second display area faces upward).
- the folding screen device determines that the deflection angle of the folding screen device is greater than the deflection angle threshold, and turns from the first display area facing the human face to the second display area Facing the human face.
- the flip is not limited to flipping the first display area upwards to the first display area facing downwards, but also includes flipping the first display area to the left to the first display area to the right. The embodiment of the present application does not do this. limited.
- FIG. 3a and FIG. 3b are schematic diagrams of a scene in which a folding screen device provided in an embodiment of the present application displays a two-dimensional code for scanning. As shown in Fig. 3a, the folding screen device displays a two-dimensional code interface 10.
- the folding screen device When the user turns over the device so that the first display area faces the user’s face for another device to scan the QR code, as shown in Figure 3b, since the deflection angle of the folding screen device is detected to be greater than the deflection angle threshold, the folding screen device will The dimension code interface 10 is switched to the second display area for display. In this way, the two-dimensional code is always displayed through the display area facing the user, which is not conducive for the folding screen device to display the two-dimensional code to another device (such as a code scanner), which reduces the convenience of scanning the two-dimensional code.
- the display screen is in a folded or unfolded form.
- the folding screen device can close the above The function of automatically switching the display area. That is, regardless of the posture of the folding screen device, and regardless of the state in which the first display area and the second display area are touched, the folding screen device does not switch the display area for displaying the specific user interface. For example, when the folding screen device displays the two-dimensional code interface, only the two-dimensional code interface is displayed on the first display area, and the two-dimensional code interface does not switch to a different display area for display with the flip of the folding screen device.
- the foldable screen device displays the QR code interface on the first display area
- the foldable screen device turns off the function of automatically switching the display area, that is, when the user turns the device so that the first display area faces the user's face for another
- the folding screen device still displays the QR code interface on the first display area.
- the folding screen device detects that it is switched to the two-dimensional code interface, and then the function of automatically switching the display area is turned off. In this way, it is convenient for the user to turn the folding screen device so that another device scans the two-dimensional code, which improves the convenience.
- the folding screen device may display the two-dimensional code interface on both the first display area and the second display area. No matter how the user flips the folding screen device or changes the holding state of the folding screen device, the first display area and the second display area of the folding screen device both display the QR code interface for another device to scan the QR code, which improves Convenience.
- the function of automatically switching the display area is turned off according to the specific user interface to which the display screen is in the folded state.
- the embodiments of the present application are not limited to being applied to a folding screen device including a foldable display screen. It is understandable that this application uses a folding screen device as an example for introduction, but it is not limited to a folding screen device, and may also be a multi-screen device with a display screen on both sides of the device, which is not limited in the embodiment of the application.
- the user interface provided by the embodiment of the present application is described below.
- the user interfaces involved in the embodiments of the present application are all user interfaces of the display screen of the folding screen device in the folded or unfolded form.
- the QR code interface 10 on the folding screen device may be a QR code payment interface provided by each application, such as the payment and receipt QR code interface of the WeChat application and Alipay application, and for example, the second payment interface of the Huawei Wallet application. Dimension code payment interface.
- Another device can scan the QR code payment interface, so that account transactions can be performed between the device and the account logged in by the application on the folding screen device.
- the other device may be a desktop or mobile code scanner device, or an electronic device such as a smart phone or a tablet computer.
- the folding screen device can turn off the above-mentioned function of automatically switching the display area.
- the folding screen device does not switch the display area for displaying the specific user interface. For example, when switching to the QR code interface 10, if it is currently displayed on the first display area, the folding screen device will be fixed on the first display area to display the QR code interface 10, and the second display area will be closed without switching to The second display area is displayed. In another possible embodiment of the present application, when switching to the two-dimensional code interface 10, the folding screen device may display the two-dimensional code interface 10 in both the first display area and the second display area.
- the two-dimensional code interface 10 is introduced by taking the two-dimensional code payment interface in the WeChat application as an example.
- the following describes the QR code payment interface in the WeChat application involved in the embodiment of the present application. Please refer to Figs. 4a to 4h.
- Figs. 4a to 4h are schematic diagrams of some user interfaces provided by embodiments of the present application.
- the display screen when the foldable display screen of the folding screen device is in a folded configuration, the display screen includes a first display area and a second display area.
- the first display area may display the user interface 20, and the user interface 20 may be a user interface of a WeChat application.
- the second display area can be turned off without displaying.
- Application 1 in FIG. 1a may be an icon 206 of a WeChat application.
- the folding screen device can display the user interface 20.
- the folding screen device may select one display area from the first display area and the second display area to display the user interface 20 according to the posture of the folding screen device.
- the user interface 20 is displayed in the first display area, and the second display area is closed.
- the posture of the folding screen device changes (for example, the folding screen device is turned from the first display area facing the human face to the second display area facing the human face)
- the folding screen device can change the display area for displaying the user interface 20, and set the first display area to face the human face.
- the display area is closed, the second display area is turned on, and the user interface 20 is displayed in the second display area.
- the user interface 20 may include: menu controls ("WeChat” 201, “Contacts” 202, “Discover” 203, “Me” 204), and a content display area 205.
- menu controls (“WeChat” 201, “Contacts” 202, “Discover” 203, “Me” 204)
- the content displayed in the content display area corresponding to different menu controls is different.
- the currently selected menu control shown in FIG. 4a is "WeChat” 201. That is, the content displayed in the content display area 205 is the content under the "WeChat” 201 menu. among them:
- the content display area 205 includes a contact list 2051 and an add control 2052.
- the contact list 2051 includes multiple contacts, and is used for message interaction, voice paging, etc., with the multiple contacts.
- the folding screen device In response to a user operation acting on the add control 2052, such as a touch operation, the folding screen device displays a selection box 2053.
- the selection box 2053 may include a group chat option 2053a, an add friend option 2053b, a scan option 2053c, a payment option 2053d, and a help and feedback option 2053e.
- the initiating group chat option 2053a is used to initiate a group chat to multiple contacts.
- the add friend option 2053b is used to add a new contact.
- the scan option 2053c is used to enable the function of scanning the QR code.
- Help and feedback option 2053e used to feedback user opinions.
- the foldable screen device In response to a user operation acting on the payment option 2053d, such as a touch operation, the foldable screen device displays the two-dimensional code interface 10.
- a user operation acting on the payment option 2053d such as a touch operation
- the foldable screen device displays the two-dimensional code interface 10.
- the folding screen device When it is detected that the folding screen device is switched to the two-dimensional code interface 10, if the two-dimensional code is currently displayed on the first display area, the folding screen device will be fixed on the first display area to display the two-dimensional code interface 10.
- the change of the screen device posture switches the QR code to the second display area.
- the first display area displays the QR code
- the folding screen device is deflected, and the first display area is turned from up to
- the first display area continues to display the two-dimensional code, and the two-dimensional code originally displayed in the first display area will not be switched to display in other display areas because the first display area is turned from up to down.
- the interface displayed in the first display area may be the first display interface.
- the first display area displayed by the folding screen device may include a two-dimensional code interface.
- the first display interface includes a two-dimensional code interface
- displaying the two-dimensional code interface through the first display area may include the following situations: 1 only display through the first display area
- the two-dimensional code interface that is, the two-dimensional code interface 10 fixed on the first display area, will not switch the two-dimensional code to the second display area for display due to the change of the posture of the folding screen device. 2 Simultaneously display the two-dimensional code interface through the first display area and the second display area.
- the folding screen device determines whether the first display area displayed by the folding screen device does not contain a QR code interface. If the first display area displayed by the folding screen device does not contain a QR code interface, when the folding screen device detects through the sensor that the folding screen device is turned from the first display area facing the human face to the second display area facing the human face, the folding screen device In response to the detected deflection angle of the folding screen device being greater than the deflection angle threshold, the first display interface is displayed through the second display area.
- the two-dimensional code interface 10 may include: a prompt 101, a two-dimensional code area 102, a two-dimensional code collection option 103, a group collection option 104, a face-to-face red envelope option 105, and a return control 106.
- the prompt 101 may display "receipt and payment”.
- the two-dimensional code and barcode displayed in the two-dimensional code area 102 can be scanned by another device to make a payment transaction to an account corresponding to the other device.
- the QR code collection option 103 can be used to display the collection QR code for another device to scan to receive payment transactions from another device's account.
- the group payment option 104 is used to initiate payment to contacts in the group chat.
- the face-to-face red envelope option 105 is used to display the red envelope QR code for another device to scan, so as to make a payment transaction to the account of the other device.
- the return control 106 is used to return to the upper level interface of the two-dimensional code interface 10. In response to a user operation acting on the return control 106, the folding screen device may display the user interface 20.
- the foldable screen device When switching to the two-dimensional code interface 10 is detected, if the two-dimensional code interface 10 is currently displayed on the first display area, the foldable screen device is fixed to display the two-dimensional code interface 10 on the first display area. Regardless of the posture of the foldable screen device, and regardless of the state in which the first display area and the second display area are touched, the foldable screen device displays the QR code interface 10 on the first display area, regardless of the posture of the foldable screen device.
- the QR code is switched to the second display area for display. As shown in Figure 4c, the second display area can be closed. The user can turn the device so that the first display area faces away from the user's face for the barcode scanner to scan the QR code, which improves the convenience of the folding screen device to display the QR code to the barcode scanner.
- the folding screen device may display the two-dimensional code interface 10 on both the first display area and the second display area. As shown in FIG. 4d, the two-dimensional code interface 10 displayed on the second display area can be scanned by a code scanner.
- the user can turn the device so that the first display area faces away from the user's face for the barcode scanner to scan the two-dimensional code. No matter how the user flips the folding screen device or changes the holding state of the folding screen device, the first display area and the second display area of the folding screen device both display the QR code interface for the scanner to scan the QR code, which improves Convenience.
- the display screen is in a folded or unfolded form.
- the folding screen device can display a control on the two-dimensional code interface 10, and the control can respond For user operations, the folding screen device closes the function of automatically switching the display area.
- the first display area can display the two-dimensional code interface 10
- the folding screen device can display a control 1011 on the two-dimensional code interface 10.
- the second display area can be closed.
- the folding screen device can turn on the function of automatically switching the display area.
- the control 1011 may prompt "click on the fixed display area".
- the function of automatically switching the display area on the folding screen device is still enabled, that is, the folding screen device can switch the display area for displaying the user interface 10 according to its own posture.
- the folding screen device can turn off the function of automatically switching the display area.
- the folding screen device After the function of automatically switching the display area is turned off, no matter what the posture of the folding screen device is, the folding screen device does not switch the display area for displaying the two-dimensional code interface 10. For example, in response to a user operation on the control 1011, if it is currently displayed on the first display area, the folding screen device is fixed on the first display area to display the QR code interface 10, and the second display area is kept closed without switching Go to the second display area to display.
- the first display interface when the first display interface is displayed through the first display area, a prompt message is displayed on the first display interface, and in response to a user operation acting on the prompt information, the first display interface is displayed through the second display area.
- a display interface, or the first display interface is simultaneously displayed through the first display area and the second display area.
- the interfaces displayed in the first display area and the second display area can be the same, or the first display area and the second display area can be combined to display the second display area.
- the first display interface when the first display interface is displayed through the first display area, the first display interface includes a characteristic user interface (such as a QR code, a video playback interface, or an image interface, etc.), which is displayed on the first display interface.
- a prompt message in response to a user operation acting on the prompt message, the first display interface is displayed through the second display area, or the first display interface is simultaneously displayed through the first display area and the second display area.
- the interfaces displayed in the first display area and the second display area can be the same, or the first display area and the second display area can be combined to display the second display area.
- the foldable screen device in response to a user operation acting on the control 1011, can display the control 1012 on the two-dimensional code interface 10.
- the control 1012 may prompt "click to automatically switch the display area".
- the control 1012 is used to re-enable the function of automatically switching the display area.
- the display screen is in a folded or expanded form, and when the two-dimensional code interface 10 is displayed in the first display area, the folding screen device may display the first control in the first display area.
- the first control can respond to a user's operation, so that the foldable screen device displays the two-dimensional code interface 10 in the second display area.
- the control may respond to a user operation, so that the folding screen device displays the two-dimensional code interface 10 in both the first display area and the second display area.
- the first control can prompt "click on single screen display". Wherein, the first control is the second prompt information in the embodiment of the present application.
- the foldable screen device In response to a user operation acting on the second prompt information, the foldable screen device displays the specific user interface (such as a two-dimensional user interface) through the second display area. Code interface). In another possible implementation manner, in response to a user operation acting on the second prompt information, the foldable screen device displays the specific user interface through the first display area and the second display area.
- the user can touch the control, so that the folding screen device displays the QR code interface in the second display area without the user having to turn the folding screen device.
- the second display area displays the QR code interface Then it can be scanned by the scanner, which improves the convenience of scanning codes.
- the foldable screen device may display controls on the two-dimensional code interface 10.
- the controls may respond to user operations so that the foldable screen device is in the first display area and the second display area.
- the two-dimensional code interface 10 is displayed.
- the first display area can display the two-dimensional code interface 10
- the folding screen device can display a control 1013 on the two-dimensional code interface 10.
- the second display area can be closed.
- the control 1013 may prompt "click on the dual screen display". At this time, the function of automatically switching the display area on the folding screen device is still enabled.
- the folding screen device can display the two-dimensional code interface 10 in both the first display area and the second display area. That is, regardless of the posture of the folding screen device, the folding screen device displays the two-dimensional code interface 10 in the first display area and the second display area.
- the foldable screen device in response to a user operation acting on the control 1013, can display the control 1014 on the two-dimensional code interface 10.
- the control 1014 may prompt "click single screen display".
- the control 1014 is used to restore the state displayed in the first display area. After restoring the state displayed in the first display area, the folding screen device may still enable the function of automatically switching the display area.
- the function of automatically switching the display area, and the function of simultaneously displaying the user interface in the first display area and the second display area can be the user Operation to open or close. In this way, users can switch the display area function on and off automatically according to their own needs, thereby improving convenience.
- the embodiment of the present application takes the two-dimensional code interface 10 as a two-dimensional code payment interface in the WeChat application as an example for introduction, but the embodiment of the present application does not limit the two-dimensional code interface.
- the two-dimensional code interface 10 may also be a two-dimensional code interface containing personal information provided by an application. Another device can scan the QR code interface to add friends, recommend friends, etc. based on the scanned personal information. For example, the QR code interface corresponding to personal business cards of WeChat and Alipay.
- the two-dimensional code interface 10 may also be an interface containing a certain account information, a certain web page information, and a certain commodity information.
- the QR code interface 10 contains a certain account information
- another device scans the QR code interface 10 to open a specific dialog window, for example, another device scans the corresponding official account in the WeChat application of the folding screen device
- the two-dimensional code interface 10 can open the dialogue window of the official account.
- the two-dimensional code interface 10 contains a certain webpage information
- another device scans the two-dimensional code interface 10 displayed by the folding screen device, and the webpage corresponding to the two-dimensional code interface 10 can be opened by browsing the 1011 device.
- the two-dimensional code interface 10 contains certain product information
- another device scans the two-dimensional code interface 10 displayed on the folding screen device, and the shopping interface corresponding to the two-dimensional code interface 10 can be opened through a shopping application.
- the two-dimensional code interface 10 in the embodiment of the present application is not limited to the above examples, and may also be other two-dimensional code interfaces, such as a ride code, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
- the foldable display screen of the foldable screen device when the foldable display screen of the foldable screen device is in a folded configuration, the foldable display screen includes a first display area and a second display area, and the two-dimensional code interface is displayed through the first display area and closed
- the function of automatically switching the display area after the two-dimensional code interface is fixedly displayed on the first display area, the function of automatically switching the display area can also be re-enabled in response to a user operation.
- the folding screen device can detect the posture of the folding screen device, and select a display area from the first display area and the second display area to display the two-dimensional code interface 10.
- FIGS. 5a to 5c are schematic diagrams of some user interfaces provided by embodiments of the present application.
- the two-dimensional code interface 10 may also include a prompt control 107, which may prompt "The display area has been fixed, click to restore".
- the folding screen device may display a selection box 108.
- the selection box 108 may include an option 1081, an option 1082, an option 1083, an OK control 1084, and a cancel control 1085.
- the first prompt message may include the prompt "Fix the display area, click to restore" on the prompt control 107.
- option 1081 to option 1083 can each include a selected state and an unselected state.
- the folding screen device can switch these options between a selected state and an unselected state. At most one option among options 1081 to 1083 may be selected.
- Option 1081 can prompt "only this time”, which is used to enable the automatic switching of the display area on the QR code payment interface in the WeChat application this time. The next time you switch to the QR code payment interface of the WeChat application, the automatic display area switch function will still be turned off.
- Option 1082 can prompt "all in this interface in the future", which is used to enable the function of automatically switching the display area in the QR code payment interface in the WeChat application. That is, when the option 1082 is in the selected state, it means that as long as you switch to the QR code payment interface in the WeChat application in the future, the folding screen device will turn on the function of automatically switching the display area.
- Option 1083 can prompt "all in the QR code interface in the future", which is used to enable the function of automatically switching the display area on all the QR code interfaces. That is, when this option 1082 is selected, it means that you only need to switch to the QR code interface in the future (the QR code payment interface in the WeChat application, the QR code interface corresponding to the WeChat personal business card, etc.), the folding screen device will turn on automatic switching The function of the display area.
- the cancel control 1085 is used to close the selection box 108.
- the determination control 1084 is used to turn on the function of automatically switching the display area according to the option in the selected state.
- option 1081 is selected.
- the folding screen device turns on the function of automatically switching the display area in the two-dimensional code payment interface in the WeChat application this time.
- the folding screen device can detect the posture of the folding screen device, and select one of the first display area and the second display area to display the QR code interface 10 according to the posture of the folding screen device.
- the foldable screen device In response to the user operation acting on the determining control 1084, as shown in FIG. 5c, the foldable screen device displays a prompt control 109 on the two-dimensional code interface 10. Prompt 109 may prompt "click on fixed display area". In response to a user operation on the prompt control 109, the folding screen device turns off the function of automatically switching the display area, and displays the prompt control 107 shown in FIG. 5a on the two-dimensional code interface 10.
- the foldable screen device displays the QR code interface on both the first display area and the second display area
- it can also be closed on the first display area and the second display area in response to a user operation.
- the two-dimensional code interface 10 is only displayed on the first display area in the state of both being displayed.
- the folding screen device can also detect the posture of the folding screen device, and select a display area from the first display area and the second display area to display the two-dimensional code interface 10.
- FIGS. 6a to 6b are schematic diagrams of some user interfaces provided by embodiments of the present application.
- the two-dimensional code interface 10 may also include a prompt control 1010, which may prompt "the main and secondary screens are displayed, click to close".
- the primary and secondary screens can be the first display area and the second display area.
- the folding screen device can turn off the state of displaying the two-dimensional code interface 10 in both display areas, and resume displaying the two-dimensional code interface 10 only on the first display area.
- the folding screen device displays the two-dimensional code interface 10 on the first display area.
- the two-dimensional code interface 10 is displayed.
- the code interface 10 is restored to display on the first display area.
- the folding screen device can also close the state of displaying both on the first display area and the second display area, and restore the state of only displaying the interface on the first display area.
- the folding screen device in response to a user operation on the return control 106, can display the user interface 20 and close the state displayed on both the first display area and the second display area.
- the user interface 20 is displayed on one display area, and the second display area is closed without displaying.
- the user interface 20 may also include a prompt 205, which prompts that "display of both display areas has been closed".
- Figures 5a to 6b show the embodiment, the folding screen device is turning off the automatic switching display area function, or the user interface is displayed in both the first display area and the second display area, and prompts can be displayed to explain the function to the user and improve convenience Sex.
- the function of automatically switching the display area and the function of displaying the user interface in both the first display area and the second display area may also be turned on or off by a user operation. In this way, users can switch the display area function on and off automatically according to their own needs, thereby improving convenience.
- the folding screen device may turn on or turn off the function of automatically switching the display area in response to a user operation.
- the system setting interface of the folding screen device may include a switch, which is used to turn on or turn off the function of automatically switching the display area.
- FIGS. 7a to 7b are schematic diagrams of some user interfaces provided by embodiments of the present application.
- the folding screen device displays a setting interface 30, and the exemplary first display area displays the setting interface 30.
- the setting interface 30 may include multiple system function setting entrances, and the system function setting entrances may include, for example, "log in to Huawei account", “wireless and network", “device connection", and so on.
- the setting interface 30 may also include a function entry 301 of "automatically switch the display area", and the function entry 301 may also include a switch 302 and a prompt 303.
- the prompt 303 may prompt "After turning on this function, the root device posture in the folded state will switch between the two display areas.”
- the two display areas include a first display area and a second display area.
- the switch 302 may include an open state and a closed state, respectively corresponding to the open state and the closed state of the function of automatically switching the display area.
- the folding screen device can switch the display of the switch 302 between an open state and a closed state. That is, when the switch 302 is in the open state, the function of automatically switching the display area is turned on. When the switch 302 is in the off state, the function of automatically switching the display area is off.
- the automatic switching display area function is turned on or off, and the folding screen device can execute the methods corresponding to the interfaces shown in FIGS. 4a to 4h and FIGS. 5a to 6b.
- the user can set the interface of which application to turn off the function of automatically switching the display area, or the state where the first display area and the second display area display content at the same time.
- the folding screen device may display the user interface 40.
- the user interface 40 may include an interface setting area 401, a return control 402, a confirm control 403, a cancel control 404, and a switch 407.
- the user interface 40 may also display a prompt "When the selected interface is displayed, the mobile phone closes the function of automatically switching the display area, or the mobile phone displays the interface in both display areas".
- the interface setting area 401 can be used to set an interface for executing functions corresponding to the interfaces shown in FIGS. 4a to 4d and 5a to 6b.
- the interface setting area 401 may include a setting area 405 and a setting area 406.
- the setting area 405 contains options for the QR code interface in various applications, such as WeChat payment code option 4051, WeChat personal business card option 4052, Alipay payment code option 4053, and so on.
- the setting area 405 may also include a select-all control 4055 and a progress bar 4056.
- the folding screen device can also display more options in the setting area 405.
- the option 4055 may include a selected state and an unselected state.
- the folding screen device can switch the option 4055 between a selected state and an unselected state.
- the options contained in the setting area 405 are all in the selected state.
- Each option included in the setting area 405 includes a selected state and a non-selected state.
- the setting area 406 contains options for various interfaces of the gallery application and other applications. For example, it includes a gallery option 4051, iqiyi video option 4052, and so on.
- the setting area 406 may also include a select all control 4063 and a progress bar 4064.
- the select all control 4063 and the progress bar 4064 please refer to the description of the options in the setting area 405, the select all control 4055 and the progress bar 4056, which will not be repeated here.
- the return control 402 is used to return to the upper level interface of the user interface 40.
- the folding screen device displays the setting interface 30.
- the confirm control 403 is used to store the selected options in the interface setting area 401.
- the folding screen device will turn off the automatic switching display area function, or the two displays of the folding screen device The area displays the interface.
- the cancel control 404 is used to cancel the setting and return to the previous interface.
- the interface design shown in FIGS. 7a to 7b is only used to explain the embodiments of the present application and should not constitute a limitation.
- the setting interface includes the user interface 30 shown in FIG. 7a and the user interface 40 shown in FIG. 7b.
- the second switch control includes the switch 302 in FIG. 7a and the switch 407 in FIG. 7b.
- the folding screen device may also turn off the automatic display area switching function, or both display areas may display interfaces. That is, the aforementioned specific user interface is not limited to the two-dimensional code interface.
- Other user interfaces such as the user interface of the gallery, the video playback interface, etc.
- FIGS. 8a to 8b and FIG. 9 are schematic diagrams of some user interfaces provided by embodiments of the present application. 8a to 8b are schematic diagrams of the user interface of the gallery, and FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of the video playback interface.
- the user interface 50 may be displayed by the folding screen device in response to a touch operation of an icon on the gallery.
- the gallery application can be used to display images stored in the electronic device, and the user interface 50 can include thumbnails of these images.
- the user interface 50 may include a thumbnail display area 501, a photo option 502, an album option 503, a discovery option 504, a search control 505, and more options 506. among them:
- the thumbnail display area 501 may contain thumbnails of multiple images stored in the electronic device.
- the album option 503, and the discovery option 504 different options correspond to different thumbnail display areas.
- the currently selected option shown in FIG. 8a is the photo option 502. That is, the thumbnail displayed in the thumbnail display area 501 is the thumbnail under the photo option 502.
- the search control 505 is used to search for images. More options 506 can be used to open more functions, for example, hide albums, settings, and so on. The user can delete, browse, bookmark, and share images on the user interface 50.
- the folding screen device displays the user interface 60.
- the user interface 60 may include an image display area 601, a return control 602, a share control 603, a delete control 604, an edit control 605, a more control 606, and a detail control 607.
- the image display area 601 is used to display the image corresponding to the thumbnail 5011.
- the return control 602 is used to return to the upper level interface of the user interface 60.
- the folding screen device may display the user interface 50.
- the sharing control 603 can be used to share the image displayed in the image display area 601 to other applications.
- the delete control 604 is used to delete the image displayed in the image display area 601.
- the edit control 605 is used to edit the image displayed in the image display area 601, such as cropping, adding filters, and so on.
- the more controls 606 can be used to open more functions, such as adding notes, printing, renaming, setting as, and so on.
- the detail control 607 is used to show the size, size, path name and other parameters of the image displayed in the image display area 601.
- the folding screen device when the folding screen device displays the user interface shown in FIG. 8a and FIG. 8b, the folding screen device can turn off the function of automatically switching the display area, or display on both the first display area and the second display area.
- User Interface For example, when the folding screen device detects that the user interface shown in Figs. 8a and 8b is displayed, the folding screen device can turn off the function of automatically switching the display area, and only display the display area shown in Figs. 8a and 8b on the second display area.
- User interface Or when the folding screen device detects that the user interface shown in Figs. 8a and 8b is displayed, the folding screen device displays the user interface shown in Figs. 8a and 8b on both the first display area and the second display area.
- the user interface 70 is a video playback interface.
- the user interface of the video can be a video application, such as a video interface in YouTube, or a video screen shot by a camera application.
- the user interface 70 may include a video display area 701, a back control 702, a back control 703, a pause control 704, a forward control 705, and a progress bar 706.
- the video display area 701 is used to display video images.
- the return control 702 is used to return to the upper level interface of the user interface 70.
- the rewind control 702 is used to rewind the playback progress of the video screen displayed in the video display area 701.
- the pause control 704 is used to pause the video screen displayed in the video display area 701.
- the advance control 705 is used to advance the playback progress of the video screen displayed in the video display area 701.
- the progress bar 706 is used to display the progress of playing the video screen displayed in the video display area 701.
- the folding screen device when the folding screen device displays the user interface shown in FIG. 9, the folding screen device can turn off the function of automatically switching the display area, or display the user interface on both the first display area and the second display area.
- the folding screen device detects that the user interface shown in FIG. 9 is displayed, the folding screen device can turn off the function of automatically switching the display area, and only display the user interface shown in FIG. 8a and FIG. 8b on the first display area.
- the folding screen device displays the user interface shown in FIG. 9 on both the first display area and the second display area.
- the specific user interface is not limited to the two-dimensional code interface, the user interface of the gallery (ie, the image interface), and the user interface of the video.
- the specific user interface may also include other user interfaces. This is not limited.
- FIGS. 10a to 10b are schematic diagrams of user interfaces provided by embodiments of the present application.
- the foldable screen device can receive a sliding operation on the status bar (for example, sliding down from the position of the status bar), and in response to the sliding operation on the status bar, the foldable screen device can display as shown in Figure 10a
- the notification bar 80 is shown.
- the notification bar 80 may contain some functional switch controls (for example, WLAN switch control, Bluetooth switch, flashlight switch control, reminder mode switch control, automatic rotation switch control, Huawei share switch control, flight mode switch Control, mobile data switch control, positioning switch control, screenshot switch control, eye protection mode switch control, hotspot switch control, screen recording switch control, NFC switch control, fixed display screen switch control 801, etc.).
- WLAN switch control for example, WLAN switch control, Bluetooth switch, flashlight switch control, reminder mode switch control, automatic rotation switch control, Huawei share switch control, flight mode switch Control, mobile data switch control, positioning switch control, screenshot switch control, eye protection mode switch control, hotspot switch control, screen recording switch control, NFC switch control, fixed display screen switch control 801, etc.
- these switch controls may all include an open state and a closed state.
- the open state means that the corresponding function is turned on
- the closed state means that the corresponding function is turned off.
- the folding screen device can switch the display of the switch control between an open state and a closed state.
- the function corresponding to the switch control 801 may be the function of turning off the automatic switching of the display area.
- the folding screen device can turn off the function of automatically switching the display area, that is, the folding screen device only displays the user interface on the first display area, and no longer executes the first display according to the posture of the folding screen device.
- the display is switched between the area and the second display area, but the user interface is fixed on the first display area.
- the user interface can be any user interface, and is not limited to the aforementioned specific user interface.
- the folding screen device When the fixed display screen switch control 801 is displayed in the open state, in response to a user operation acting on the switch control 801, the folding screen device can turn on the function of automatically switching the display area. And, in response to a user operation acting on the fixed display screen switch control 801, the folding screen device displays the fixed display screen switch control 801 in a closed state.
- the notification bar 80 may also include a switch control 802.
- the function corresponding to the switch control 802 may be to display a user interface on both the first display area and the second display area.
- the switch control 802 is displayed in the open state, the folding screen device can display the same user interface on the first display area and the second display area.
- the user interface can be any user interface, and is not limited to the aforementioned specific user interface.
- the folding screen device can turn off the function of displaying the user interface on the first display area and the second display area, for example, restore only the first display The user interface is displayed on the area.
- the foldable screen device displays the switch control 802 in a closed state.
- the first switch control may include the switch control 801 in FIG. 10a and the switch control 802 in FIG. 10b.
- the functions described in Figures 10a and 10b can be realized when the user wants to display content fixed in the first display area or the second display area, or wants to display content in both the first display area and the second display area, through notification
- the switch control in the column 80 is implemented, which is convenient for the user to share the display content with others through a fixed display area (for example, the first display area) or two display areas, thereby improving convenience.
- this application takes a folding screen device as an example for introduction, but it is not limited to a folding screen device, and it may also be an electronic device with a display screen on both sides of the device, which is not limited in the embodiment of the application.
- the following describes an exemplary electronic device 100 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- the electronic device may be the aforementioned folding screen device or an electronic device containing multiple display screens.
- FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device 100 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- the electronic device 100 may include a processor 110, an external memory interface 120, an internal memory 121, a universal serial bus (USB) interface 130, a charging management module 140, a power management module 141, a battery 142, an antenna 1, and an antenna 2.
- Mobile communication module 150 wireless communication module 160, audio module 170, speaker 170A, receiver 170B, microphone 170C, earphone jack 170D, sensor module 180, buttons 190, motor 191, indicator 192, camera 193, display screen 194, and Subscriber identification module (subscriber identification module, SIM) card interface 195, etc.
- SIM Subscriber identification module
- the sensor module 180 may include a pressure sensor 180A, a gyroscope sensor 180B, an air pressure sensor 180C, a magnetic sensor 180D, an acceleration sensor 180E, a distance sensor 180F, a proximity light sensor 180G, a fingerprint sensor 180H, a temperature sensor 180J, a touch sensor 180K, and ambient light Sensor 180L, bone conduction sensor 180M, etc.
- the structure illustrated in the embodiment of the present invention does not constitute a specific limitation on the electronic device 100.
- the electronic device 100 may include more or fewer components than those shown in the figure, or combine certain components, or split certain components, or arrange different components.
- the illustrated components can be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.
- the processor 110 may include one or more processing units.
- the processor 110 may include an application processor (AP), a modem processor, a graphics processing unit (GPU), and an image signal processor. (image signal processor, ISP), controller, memory, video codec, digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), baseband processor, and/or neural-network processing unit (NPU) Wait.
- AP application processor
- modem processor modem processor
- GPU graphics processing unit
- image signal processor image signal processor
- ISP image signal processor
- controller memory
- video codec digital signal processor
- DSP digital signal processor
- NPU neural-network processing unit
- the different processing units may be independent devices or integrated in one or more processors.
- the controller may be the nerve center and command center of the electronic device 100.
- the controller can generate operation control signals according to the instruction operation code and timing signals to complete the control of fetching instructions and executing instructions.
- a memory may also be provided in the processor 110 to store instructions and data.
- the memory in the processor 110 is a cache memory.
- the memory can store instructions or data that have just been used or recycled by the processor 110. If the processor 110 needs to use the instruction or data again, it can be directly called from the memory. Repeated accesses are avoided, the waiting time of the processor 110 is reduced, and the efficiency of the system is improved.
- the wireless communication function of the electronic device 100 can be implemented by the antenna 1, the antenna 2, the mobile communication module 150, the wireless communication module 160, the modem processor, and the baseband processor.
- the antenna 1 and the antenna 2 are used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals.
- Each antenna in the electronic device 100 can be used to cover a single or multiple communication frequency bands. Different antennas can also be reused to improve antenna utilization.
- antenna 1 can be multiplexed as a diversity antenna of a wireless local area network.
- the antenna can be used in combination with a tuning switch.
- the mobile communication module 150 can provide a wireless communication solution including 2G/3G/4G/5G and the like applied to the electronic device 100.
- the mobile communication module 150 may include at least one filter, a switch, a power amplifier, a low noise amplifier (LNA), and the like.
- the mobile communication module 150 can receive electromagnetic waves by the antenna 1, and perform processing such as filtering, amplifying and transmitting the received electromagnetic waves to the modem processor for demodulation.
- the mobile communication module 150 can also amplify the signal modulated by the modem processor, and convert it into electromagnetic waves for radiation via the antenna 1.
- at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 may be provided in the processor 110.
- at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 and at least part of the modules of the processor 110 may be provided in the same device.
- the wireless communication module 160 can provide applications on the electronic device 100 including wireless local area networks (WLAN) (such as wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) networks), bluetooth (BT), and global navigation satellites. System (global navigation satellite system, GNSS), frequency modulation (FM), near field communication (NFC), infrared technology (infrared, IR) and other wireless communication solutions.
- the wireless communication module 160 may be one or more devices integrating at least one communication processing module.
- the wireless communication module 160 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna 2, frequency modulates and filters the electromagnetic wave signals, and sends the processed signals to the processor 110.
- the wireless communication module 160 may also receive a signal to be sent from the processor 110, perform frequency modulation, amplify, and convert it into electromagnetic waves to radiate through the antenna 2.
- the antenna 1 of the electronic device 100 is coupled with the mobile communication module 150, and the antenna 2 is coupled with the wireless communication module 160, so that the electronic device 100 can communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication technology.
- the wireless communication technology may include global system for mobile communications (GSM), general packet radio service (GPRS), code division multiple access (CDMA), broadband Code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA), time-division code division multiple access (TD-SCDMA), long term evolution (LTE), BT, GNSS, WLAN, NFC , FM, and/or IR technology, etc.
- the GNSS may include global positioning system (GPS), global navigation satellite system (GLONASS), Beidou navigation satellite system (BDS), quasi-zenith satellite system (quasi -zenith satellite system, QZSS) and/or satellite-based augmentation systems (SBAS).
- GPS global positioning system
- GLONASS global navigation satellite system
- BDS Beidou navigation satellite system
- QZSS quasi-zenith satellite system
- SBAS satellite-based augmentation systems
- the electronic device 100 implements a display function through a GPU, a display screen 194, an application processor, and the like.
- the GPU is an image processing microprocessor, which is connected to the display screen 194 and the application processor.
- the GPU is used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations and is used for graphics rendering.
- the processor 110 may include one or more GPUs that execute program instructions to generate or change display information.
- the display screen 194 is used to display images, videos, and the like.
- the display screen 194 includes a display panel.
- the display panel can use liquid crystal display (LCD), organic light-emitting diode (OLED), active matrix organic light-emitting diode or active-matrix organic light-emitting diode (active-matrix organic light-emitting diode).
- LCD liquid crystal display
- OLED organic light-emitting diode
- active-matrix organic light-emitting diode active-matrix organic light-emitting diode
- emitting diode AMOLED, flexible light-emitting diode (FLED), Miniled, MicroLed, Micro-oLed, quantum dot light-emitting diode (QLED), etc.
- the electronic device 100 may include one or N display screens 194, and N is a positive integer greater than one.
- the display screen 194 may be a foldable display screen, so that the electronic device 100 is a folding screen device.
- the foldable display screen may include a flattened form, a folded form, and an unfolded form.
- the display panel can be implemented by OLED, AMOLED, or FLED, so that the display screen 194 can be bent.
- the display screen that can be bent is referred to as a foldable display screen.
- the foldable display screen may be one screen, or a display screen formed by patching together multiple screens, which is not limited here.
- the internal memory 121 may be used to store computer executable program code, where the executable program code includes instructions.
- the processor 110 executes various functional applications and data processing of the electronic device 100 by running instructions stored in the internal memory 121.
- the internal memory 121 may include a storage program area and a storage data area.
- the storage program area can store an operating system, an application program (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.) required by at least one function, and the like.
- the data storage area can store data (such as audio data, phone book, etc.) created during the use of the electronic device 100.
- the internal memory 121 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, a flash memory device, a universal flash storage (UFS), and the like.
- UFS universal flash storage
- the pressure sensor 180A is used to sense the pressure signal and can convert the pressure signal into an electrical signal.
- the pressure sensor 180A may be provided on the display screen 194.
- the capacitive pressure sensor may include at least two parallel plates with conductive material. When a force is applied to the pressure sensor 180A, the capacitance between the electrodes changes.
- the electronic device 100 determines the intensity of the pressure according to the change in capacitance.
- the electronic device 100 detects the intensity of the touch operation according to the pressure sensor 180A.
- the electronic device 100 may also calculate the touched position according to the detection signal of the pressure sensor 180A.
- touch operations that act on the same touch position but have different touch operation strengths may correspond to different operation instructions. For example: when a touch operation whose intensity of the touch operation is less than the first pressure threshold is applied to the short message application icon, an instruction to view the short message is executed. When a touch operation with a touch operation intensity greater than or equal to the first pressure threshold acts on the short message application icon, an instruction to create a new short message is executed.
- the electronic device 100 may also calculate the touched position according to the detection signal of the pressure sensor 180A.
- the display screen 194 is a foldable display screen
- the electronic device 100 can detect whether the touched position is in the first display area or the second display area of the display screen.
- the electronic device 10 can determine the posture of the electronic device according to the display area of the continuously touched position.
- the display area facing away from the face is continuously touched due to the holding habit.
- the folding screen device can determine that the display area that is continuously touched is the display area facing away from the human face, so as to determine the display area facing the human face from the first display area and the second display area.
- the gyro sensor 180B may be used to determine the movement posture of the electronic device 100.
- the angular velocity of the electronic device 100 around three axes ie, x, y, and z axes
- the gyro sensor 180B can be used for image stabilization.
- the gyro sensor 180B detects the shake angle of the electronic device 100, calculates the distance that the lens module needs to compensate according to the angle, and allows the lens to counteract the shake of the electronic device 100 through reverse movement to achieve anti-shake.
- the gyro sensor 180B can also be used for navigation and somatosensory game scenes.
- the electronic device 100 may also detect the bending angle of the foldable display screen, that is, the opening angle, through the acceleration sensor 180E and/or the gyroscope sensor 180B.
- the electronic device 100 can also determine the shape of the foldable display screen, such as a flattened shape, a folded shape, or an unfolded shape, based on the angle of the bend.
- the body part where the first display area of the foldable display screen is located may include at least one gyroscope sensor 180B.
- the body part where the second display area is located may also include at least one gyroscope sensor 180B.
- the electronic device can determine the three-axis data of the acceleration sensor (unit is m/s2, the sampling frequency is 100Hz), and the three-axis data of the gyroscope sensor after zero offset correction (the unit is rad/s, the sampling frequency is 100Hz) ).
- the electronic device can extract the acceleration sensor value (unit is m/s2, sampling frequency is 100Hz) and the system time corresponding to the data from the three-axis data of the acceleration sensor through the filtering algorithm, and use these parameters to calculate through further fusion algorithm to obtain each The angle of the orientation of the display area changes. Furthermore, the electronic device can determine the angle between the two display areas, that is, the opening angles of the two display areas of the foldable display screen.
- the foldable display screen of the electronic device 100 can be folded to form the first display area and the second display area shown in FIG. 12a.
- the body where the first display area is located is provided with a gyroscope sensor A
- the body where the second display area is located is provided with a gyroscope sensor B.
- the principle of measuring the orientation of the first display area (that is, the direction vector of orientation) by the gyroscope sensor A, and the principle of measuring the orientation (that is, the direction vector of the orientation) of the second display area by the gyroscope sensor B, and the electronic device 100 The principle of calculating the opening angle ⁇ of the first display area and the second display area based on the orientation of the first display area and the orientation of the second display area will be described.
- the coordinate system of the gyroscope sensor may be a geographic coordinate system.
- the origin O of the geographic coordinate system can be located at the point where the carrier (ie, the device containing the gyroscope sensor, such as the electronic device 100) is located, the X-axis points to the east (E) along the local latitude, and the Y-axis is along the local The meridian points north (N), and the Z axis points upward along the local geographic vertical, and forms a right-handed rectangular coordinate system with the X and Y axes.
- the plane formed by the X axis and the Y axis is the local horizontal plane
- the plane formed by the Y axis and the Z axis is the local meridian plane. Therefore, it is understandable that the coordinate system of the gyroscope sensor is: taking the gyroscope sensor as the origin O, pointing east along the local latitude as the X axis, pointing north along the local meridian as the Y axis, and pointing upward along the local geographic vertical (ie The direction of the geographic vertical is the Z axis.
- the electronic device 100 uses the gyroscope sensor provided on the body corresponding to each display area to measure the direction vector of the orientation in the coordinate system of the gyroscope sensor corresponding to each display area. For example, referring to the side view of the electronic device 100 shown in FIG. 12a, the electronic device 100 measures the direction vector of the orientation of the first display area in the coordinate system of the gyro sensor A as a vector The direction vector of the orientation of the second display area in the coordinate system of the gyro sensor B is a vector The electronic device 100 uses the following formula (1) to calculate the vector With vector The included angle ⁇ :
- the included angle ⁇ is the opening angle of the foldable display screen.
- one or more other sensors may also cooperate to measure the angle ⁇ between the first display area and the second display area.
- each display area of the display screen can be provided with an acceleration sensor in the body.
- the electronic device 100 (such as the processor 110) can use an acceleration sensor to measure the motion acceleration of each display area when it is rotated; and then calculate the rotation angle of one display area relative to the other display area according to the measured motion acceleration, that is, the first display The angle ⁇ between the area and the second display area.
- the gyroscope sensor can detect the axial movement of the electronic device to determine the deflection angle, speed, time, etc. of the electronic device.
- the flip of the electronic device is determined according to the deflection angle of the electronic device. When the deflection angle of the electronic device is greater than the threshold, it can be determined that the electronic device is flipped, and the electronic device is flipped, also known as the electronic device rotating.
- the above-mentioned gyro sensor may be a virtual gyro sensor formed by cooperating with a plurality of other sensors.
- the virtual gyro sensor may be used to calculate the angle between the first display area and the second display area, that is, the first The angle ⁇ between the display area and the second display area.
- the bending part of the fold line of the electronic device 100 may have an angle sensor, and the electronic device 100 may measure the first display area and the first display area through the angle sensor disposed on the folding part of the display screen.
- the electronic device 100 may also measure the angle ⁇ 1 between the first display area and the horizontal plane, and the angle ⁇ 2 between the second display area and the horizontal plane through the above-mentioned gyro sensor 180B.
- FIG. 13a shows the coordinate system of the gyroscope sensor of the upper first display area of the electronic device 100.
- the plane formed by the X axis and the Y axis is the local horizontal plane
- the plane formed by the Y axis and the Z axis is the local meridian plane.
- the direction vector that the first display area of the electronic device 100 faces in the coordinate system of the gyroscope sensor is a vector vector
- FIG. 13b shows the coordinate system of the gyroscope sensor of the upper second display area of the electronic device 100.
- the plane formed by the X axis and the Y axis is the local horizontal plane
- the plane formed by the Y axis and the Z axis is the local meridian plane.
- the direction vector that the second display area of the electronic device 100 faces in the coordinate system of the gyroscope sensor is a vector vector
- the electronic device 100 is based on the measured direction vector of the orientation of the first display area in the coordinate system of the gyroscope sensor.
- the above formula (2) can be used to determine the angle ⁇ 1 between the first display area of the electronic device 100 and the horizontal plane.
- the direction vector of the orientation of the second display area in the gyroscope sensor coordinate system obtained by the electronic device 100 according to the measurement.
- the above formula (3) can be used to determine the angle ⁇ 2 between the second display area of the electronic device 100 and the horizontal plane.
- a folding screen device can determine that a display area with an angle of less than 90° from the horizontal plane is a display area facing the human face.
- the folding screen device compares the angles between the two display areas and the horizontal plane. Among the two display areas, the display area with the smaller angle with the horizontal plane may be the display area facing the human face.
- the folding screen device detects a change in the display area facing the human face, that is, when the posture of the folding screen device changes, the folding screen device determines that the folding screen device is turned over. For example, if the folding screen device detects through the sensor that the first display area faces the human face and the second display area faces the human face, it is detected that the folding screen device has been turned over.
- the turning is not limited to turning the first display area up to the first display area down, but also includes turning the first display area to the left to the first display area to the right.
- the deflection angle is greater than the deflection angle threshold, or when it is detected that the rotation angle of the folding screen device is greater than the rotation angle threshold, it can be recognized that the folding screen device is turned over. The embodiment of the application does not limit this.
- the electronic device 100 can determine the posture of the folding screen device according to the angle ⁇ 1 between the first display area and the horizontal plane, and the angle ⁇ 2 between the second display area and the horizontal plane.
- the posture of the folding screen device may include, for example, that the first display area faces The human face and the second display area face the human face.
- the air pressure sensor 180C is used to measure air pressure.
- the electronic device 100 calculates the altitude based on the air pressure value measured by the air pressure sensor 180C to assist positioning and navigation.
- the magnetic sensor 180D includes a Hall sensor.
- the electronic device 100 may use the magnetic sensor 180D to detect the opening and closing of the flip holster.
- the electronic device 100 can detect the opening and closing of the flip according to the magnetic sensor 180D.
- features such as automatic unlocking of the flip cover are set.
- the Hall sensor may also be located on the body where the two display areas of the foldable display screen are located.
- the magnitude of the magnetic field at the inner position of the Hall sensor is different, so that the output signal of the Hall sensor is different.
- the electronic device 100 determines the opening and closing of the body where the two display areas are located through the electrical signal output by the Hall sensor, so as to determine that the display screen is in a folded or unfolded form (including a flattened form and an unfolded form).
- the electronic device 100 can execute the interface display method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
- the electronic device 100 may not execute the interface display method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
- the acceleration sensor 180E can detect the magnitude of the acceleration of the electronic device 100 in various directions (generally three axes). When the electronic device 100 is stationary, the magnitude and direction of gravity can be detected. It can also be used to identify the posture of electronic devices, and apply to applications such as horizontal and vertical screen switching, pedometers, etc.
- the electronic device 100 can measure the distance by infrared or laser. In some embodiments, when shooting a scene, the electronic device 100 may use the distance sensor 180F to measure the distance to achieve fast focusing.
- the proximity light sensor 180G may include, for example, a light emitting diode (LED) and a light detector such as a photodiode.
- the light emitting diode may be an infrared light emitting diode.
- the electronic device 100 emits infrared light to the outside through the light emitting diode.
- the electronic device 100 uses a photodiode to detect infrared reflected light from nearby objects. When sufficient reflected light is detected, it can be determined that there is an object near the electronic device 100. When insufficient reflected light is detected, the electronic device 100 can determine that there is no object near the electronic device 100.
- the electronic device 100 can use the proximity light sensor 180G to detect that the user holds the electronic device 100 close to the ear to talk, so as to automatically turn off the screen to save power.
- the proximity light sensor 180G can also be used in leather case mode, and the pocket mode will automatically unlock and lock the screen.
- Touch sensor 180K also called “touch panel”.
- the touch sensor 180K may be disposed on the display screen 194, and the touch screen is composed of the touch sensor 180K and the display screen 194, which is also called a “touch screen”.
- the touch sensor 180K is used to detect touch operations acting on or near it.
- the touch sensor can pass the detected touch operation to the application processor to determine the type of touch event.
- the visual output related to the touch operation can be provided through the display screen 194.
- the touch sensor 180K may also be disposed on the surface of the electronic device 100, which is different from the position of the display screen 194.
- the software system of the electronic device 100 may adopt a layered architecture, an event-driven architecture, a microkernel architecture, a microservice architecture, or a cloud architecture.
- the embodiment of the present application takes a layered architecture as an example to illustrate the software structure of the electronic device 100 by way of example.
- the layered architecture divides the software into several layers, and each layer has a clear role and division of labor. Communication between layers through software interface.
- the system is divided into four layers, from top to bottom, the application layer, the application framework layer, the system library, and the kernel layer.
- FIG. 14 is a software structure block diagram of an electronic device 100 exemplarily provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- the application package may include applications such as camera, gallery, calendar, call, map, navigation, WLAN, Bluetooth, music, WeChat, SMS, etc.
- the WeChat application when the WeChat application detects switching to a specific user interface, such as a QR code interface, it can send a first notification to the information processing module in the application framework layer through the application programming interface.
- the first notification indicates that the application is currently switching to a specific user interface, such as a QR code interface.
- a specific user interface such as a QR code interface.
- the WeChat application may also query whether the current foldable display screen is in a folded form from the angle calculation module in the system library when it detects that it is switched to a specific user interface.
- the first notification is sent to the information processing module in the application framework layer through the application programming interface.
- the application framework layer provides an application programming interface (application programming interface, API) and a programming framework for applications in the application layer.
- the application framework layer includes some predefined functions.
- the application framework layer may include an information processing module.
- the information processing module may receive the first notification from the application. After receiving the first notification from the application, the information processing module can notify the display module in the system library that the display area needs to be fixed (that is, turn off the automatic display area switching function), or notify the display module that the first display area and The second display area displays the user interface.
- the information processing module can notify the display module in the system library that the display area needs to be fixed (that is, turn off the automatic display area switching function), or notify the display module that the first display area and The second display area displays the user interface.
- step S106 in the example described in FIG. 15
- step S207 in the example described in FIG. 16.
- the application framework layer may also include a window manager, a content provider, a view system, a phone manager, a resource manager, a notification manager, etc.
- the window manager is used to manage window programs.
- the window manager can obtain the size of the display screen, determine whether there is a status bar, lock the screen, take a screenshot, etc.
- the content provider is used to store and retrieve data and make these data accessible to applications.
- the data may include videos, images, audios, phone calls made and received, browsing history and bookmarks, phone book, etc.
- the view system includes visual controls, such as controls that display text, controls that display pictures, and so on.
- the view system can be used to build applications.
- the display interface can be composed of one or more views. For example, a display interface that includes a short message notification icon may include a view that displays text and a view that displays pictures.
- the phone manager is used to provide the communication function of the second electronic device 200.
- the resource manager provides various resources for the application, such as localized strings, icons, pictures, layout files, video files, and so on.
- the notification manager enables the application to display notification information in the status bar, which can be used to convey notification-type messages, and it can automatically disappear after a short stay without user interaction.
- the notification manager is used to notify download completion, message reminders, and so on.
- the notification manager can also be a notification that appears in the status bar at the top of the system in the form of a chart or a scroll bar text, such as a notification of an application running in the background, or a notification that appears on the screen in the form of a dialog window. For example, text messages are prompted in the status bar, prompt sounds, electronic devices vibrate, and indicator lights flash.
- the application layer and application framework layer run in a virtual machine.
- the virtual machine executes the java files of the application layer and the application framework layer as binary files.
- the virtual machine is used to perform functions such as object life cycle management, stack management, thread management, security and exception management, and garbage collection.
- the system library can include a display module, and can also include multiple other functional modules.
- surface manager surface manager
- media library Media Libraries
- 3D graphics processing library for example: OpenGLES
- 2D graphics engine for example: SGL
- the display module can be used to receive notifications from the information processing module in the application framework layer.
- the display module can turn off the function of automatically switching the display area according to the current form of the display screen and the state in which the function of automatically switching the display area is turned on. For details, refer to steps S106 to S109 in the example described in FIG. 15.
- the display module can notify the display driver to initialize the currently undisplayed screen (for example, the second display area) and set it in the first display area and the second display area. Both are displayed.
- the display driver can notify the display driver to initialize the currently undisplayed screen (for example, the second display area) and set it in the first display area and the second display area. Both are displayed.
- step S208 in the example described in FIG. 16.
- the system library may also include an angle calculation module for determining the form of the display screen.
- the angle calculation module can obtain angle data from the sensor drive of the inner core layer, calculate the opening angle of the display screen, and determine the form of the display screen according to the opening angle, such as flattened form, folded form, or unfolded form.
- the display module can query the form of the display screen from the angle calculation module. When the form of the display screen is folded, the display module will turn off the function of automatically switching the display area or notify the display driver to display both in the first display area and the second display area.
- steps S107 to S109 in the example described in FIG. 15 for details.
- an application (such as a WeChat application) can obtain the current display form from the angle calculation module.
- the WeChat application sends to the information processing module according to the switched QR code interface
- the notification refer to steps S204 to S206 in the example described in FIG. 16 for details.
- the surface manager is used to manage the display subsystem and provides a combination of 2D and 3D layers for multiple applications.
- the media library supports playback and recording of a variety of commonly used audio and video formats, as well as still image files.
- the media library can support multiple audio and video encoding formats, such as: MPEG4, H.264, MP3, AAC, AMR, JPG, PNG, etc.
- the 3D graphics processing library is used to implement 3D graphics drawing, image rendering, synthesis, and layer processing.
- the 2D graphics engine is a drawing engine for 2D drawing.
- the kernel layer is the layer between hardware and software.
- the kernel layer can include display drivers, camera drivers, audio drivers, and sensor drivers.
- the display driver is used to receive notifications from the display module.
- the display driver drives the display screen to display the two-dimensional code interface on the first display area.
- the display driver drives the display screen to display the two-dimensional code interface on both the first display area and the second display area.
- the sensor driver is used to drive the sensor to detect data.
- the acceleration sensor 180E and the gyroscope sensor 180E detect the angle data
- the corresponding hardware interrupt is sent to the kernel layer.
- the sensor driver of the kernel layer sends the angle data to the angle calculation module in the system library.
- the functional architecture of the electronic device shown in FIG. 14 is only an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present application. In practical applications, the electronic device may also include more or fewer software modules, which is not limited here.
- the display module in the software structure shown in FIG. 14 is also used to display the corresponding user interface according to the operation of each software module.
- the user interface displayed by the display module can refer to the embodiments described in FIGS. 1a to 1b and FIGS. 3a to 10b.
- the display module may be specifically implemented as the display screen 194 in FIG. 11.
- FIG. 15 is a schematic flowchart of a display method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- the folding screen device switches to a specific user interface (for example, a two-dimensional code interface)
- the folding screen device turns off the function of automatically switching the display area.
- the folding screen device exits the specific user interface, the folding screen device can resume the automatic switching display area function.
- the display method includes steps S101 to S115.
- the angle calculation module receives angle data from the sensor driver.
- the sensor drive can drive a sensor (for example, a gyroscope sensor 180E) to measure angle data.
- a sensor for example, a gyroscope sensor 180E
- the sensor driven by the sensor may also include other sensors that can measure the posture of the folding screen device, such as a Hall sensor, etc., an acceleration sensor, etc.
- the Hall sensor can detect the opening and closing of the body where the two display areas are located, so as to determine that the display screen is in a folded form or a non-folded form (including a flat form and an expanded form). For details, refer to the description in the example described in FIG.
- the angle calculation module determines the form of the display screen.
- the form of the display screen may include a flat form, a folded form, and an expanded form.
- the display method provided in the embodiment of the present application is executed only when the display screen is in the folded state or the unfolded state.
- the display method provided in the embodiment of the present application may not be executed.
- the angle calculation module and the sensor drive can continuously detect data to obtain the form of the display screen in real time.
- the display driver drives the display screen to display the user interface 20 in the first display area.
- step S104 The WeChat application switches to the two-dimensional code interface, and step S105 is executed.
- the WeChat application may include multiple interfaces (for example, a message list interface, a QR code interface, a chat window interface, a circle of friends interface, etc.).
- the WeChat application can also contain control logic for switching between various interfaces.
- the control logic of the interface switching includes the corresponding relationship between the control and the interface content, and the corresponding relationship includes, for example, the corresponding relationship between the payment option 2053d in FIG. 4a and the two-dimensional code interface 10.
- the following describes the principle of switching the QR code interface of the WeChat application in conjunction with the scenarios shown in Figure 4a to Figure 4b.
- the corresponding hardware interrupt is sent to the kernel layer.
- the kernel layer processes touch operations into original input events (including touch coordinates, time stamps of touch operations, etc.).
- the original input events are stored in the kernel layer.
- the application framework layer obtains the original input event from the kernel layer and identifies the control corresponding to the input event.
- the control corresponding to the touch operation is the payment option 2053d in the user interface 20 of the WeChat application, and the application framework layer notifies the WeChat application of the name of the payment option 2053d.
- the WeChat application finds the interface content corresponding to the payment option 2053d according to the control logic of interface switching, that is, the two-dimensional code interface, and the WeChat application switches to the two-dimensional code interface.
- the QR code interface is, for example, the WeChat payment code 10 shown in Figures 4a and 4b, or it can be a QR code interface that contains personal information in a WeChat application, or it can contain certain account information.
- the interface of a certain webpage information, a certain commodity information, or the boarding code, etc. which is not limited in the embodiment of the application.
- the WeChat application in response to a user operation acting on the payment option 2053d shown in FIG. 4a, the WeChat application can switch to the two-dimensional code interface 10.
- the folding screen device can also turn off the function of automatically switching the display area. That is, the aforementioned specific user interface is not limited to the two-dimensional code interface.
- Other user interfaces such as the user interface of the gallery, the user interface of the video, etc.
- the user interface of the gallery can refer to Figure 8a and Figure 8b, and the user interface of the video can include the interface shown in Figure 9, for example.
- the WeChat application sends a first notification to the information processing module.
- the first notification indicates that the QR code interface has been switched.
- the folding screen device may go through the example setting process shown in FIG. 7a and FIG. 7b, and the information processing module may know on which user interface the function of automatically switching the display area needs to be turned off.
- the two-dimensional code interface WeChat payment code, WeChat personal business card, Alipay payment code
- the information processing module can learn that the function of automatically switching the display area needs to be turned off when the user interface of the two-dimensional code interface or the gallery is displayed. Therefore, when the information processing module receives the first notification from the application, step S106 is executed.
- the information processing module sends a second notification to the display module, and the second notification indicates that the display area needs to be fixed and not switched.
- step S109 when the folding screen device is in a folded state, the display area will not be fixed, that is, the function of automatically switching the display area will be turned off. Therefore, before performing step S109, the information processing module needs to perform step S107 to determine the form of the display screen of the current folding screen device.
- the display module obtains the current display screen form as the folded form from the angle calculation module, and executes step S108.
- the display module detects that the function of automatically switching the display area has been turned on.
- step S109 when the function of automatically switching the display area is turned off, there is no need to perform step S109, and it is only necessary to display on the area currently used for display (such as the first display area).
- whether the function of automatically switching the display area is turned on can be indicated by a flag, for example, flag 1 indicates that the function of automatically switching the display area is turned on, and flag 0 indicates that the function of automatically switching the display area is turned off. Turning off the function of automatically switching the display area is to set the flag to 0, and turning on the function of automatically switching the display area is to set the flag to 1.
- the display module can store the logo.
- the display module may also record the display area of the currently displayed content, for example, record the display area of the currently displayed content as the first display area.
- the display module notifies the display driver to display content only in the current display area (for example, the first display area).
- the display module obtains the current posture of the folding screen device from the module in the system library, and determines the display area (first display area or second display area) for displaying content according to the current posture of the folding screen device.
- the modules in the system library can determine the current posture of the folding screen device according to the data detected by the sensor (for example, the gyroscope sensor).
- the display module turns off the function of automatically switching the display area.
- the display module only turns off the function of automatically switching the display area during the display of the specific user interface, such as the two-dimensional code interface.
- the function of automatically switching the display area can be restored again, that is, step S112 ⁇ S115.
- the display module sends a third notification to the display driver, and the third notification indicates that it is displayed on the area currently used for display (for example, the first display area).
- the area currently used for display refers to the display area used for display in the folding screen device when switching to the two-dimensional code interface, which may be the first display area or the second display area.
- the display driver drives the display screen to display the two-dimensional code interface on the first display area.
- the display driver determines that the display screen displays the two-dimensional code interface on the first display area. Regardless of the posture of the folding screen device, and regardless of the state in which the first display area and the second display area are touched, the folding screen device does not switch the display area for displaying the two-dimensional code interface.
- the WeChat application in response to a user operation on the return control 106, may exit the QR code interface.
- the following describes the principle of the WeChat application exiting the QR code interface in conjunction with the scenarios shown in Figure 6a to Figure 6b.
- the corresponding hardware interrupt is sent to the kernel layer.
- the kernel layer processes touch operations into original input events (including touch coordinates, time stamps of touch operations, etc.).
- the original input events are stored in the kernel layer.
- the application framework layer obtains the original input event from the kernel layer and identifies the control corresponding to the input event.
- the control corresponding to the touch operation is the return control 106 in the two-dimensional code interface 10, and the application framework layer notifies the WeChat application of the name of the return control 106.
- the WeChat application finds the interface content corresponding to the return control 106 according to the control logic of interface switching, that is, the user interface 20, and the WeChat application switches to the user interface 20, that is, exits the QR code interface 10.
- the WeChat application sends a fourth notification to the information processing module, indicating that the QR code interface has been exited.
- the information processing module sends a fifth notification to the display module, indicating that the function of automatically switching the display area needs to be turned on.
- the display module turns on the function of automatically switching the display area.
- the sensor driver when the function of automatically switching the display area is turned on, can drive the sensor to detect the device's posture in real time.
- the display module can determine the display area for displaying content according to the posture of the folding screen device, and drive it to the display. Send a notification so that the display driver drives the first display area or the second display area to display the user interface.
- the WeChat application can obtain the current display form from the angle calculation module. Only when the display is in a folded or unfolded form, the WeChat application executes step S104 according to the switched QR code interface. When the display screen is in a flattened form, step S104 is no longer executed.
- the display module does not need to detect the shape of the display screen, that is, it does not need to perform step S107.
- the folding screen device detects that the first display area or the second display area displays a two-dimensional code interface, the function of automatically switching the display area is closed. In this way, it is convenient for the user to turn the folding screen device so that another device scans the two-dimensional code, which improves the convenience.
- FIG. 16 is a schematic flowchart of another display method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- the folding screen device when the folding screen device switches to a specific user interface (for example, a two-dimensional code interface), the folding screen device can display the specific user interface in both the first display area and the second display area.
- the foldable screen device When the foldable screen device exits the specific user interface, the foldable screen device can restore the state of displaying only on one of the first display area and the second display area.
- the application interface involved in the display method can refer to FIG. 4a, FIG. 4b, FIG. 4d, FIG. 6a, and FIG. 6b.
- the display method includes steps S201 to S216.
- steps S201 to S204 For details of steps S201 to S204, reference may be made to the description of steps S101 to S104 in the example described in FIG. 16, which will not be repeated here.
- step S205 The WeChat application queries the angle calculation module for the current display screen form as folded form, and step S206 is executed.
- the WeChat application may query the angle calculation module for the current display form. If the form of the current display screen is the folded form, step S206 and subsequent steps are executed. If the form of the current display screen is the flat form, the process ends, and step S206 and subsequent steps are not executed.
- the WeChat application sends a first notification to the information processing module.
- the first notification indicates that the QR code interface has been switched.
- Step S206 can be analogous to the description of step S105 in the example described in Figure 15.
- the folding screen device can also go through the setting process of the example shown in Figure 7a and Figure 7b, and the information processing module can learn which user interfaces require the first display Both the area and the second display area are displayed. For example, as shown in Fig. 7b, the options corresponding to the two-dimensional code interface (WeChat payment code, WeChat personal business card, Alipay payment code...) and the user interface of the gallery are selected.
- the information processing module can learn that both the first display area and the second display area need to be displayed when the two-dimensional code interface and the user interface of the gallery are displayed. Therefore, when the information processing module receives the first notification from the application, step S207 is executed.
- the information processing module sends a sixth notification to the display module, where the sixth notification indicates that both the first display area and the second display area need to be displayed.
- step S208 When the display module receives the sixth notification, regardless of whether the function of automatically switching the display area is turned on, the display module executes step S208. While the QR code interface is not exited, the display module executes step S208 to notify that the display area is in the first display area. And the steps shown on the second display area.
- the display module sends a seventh notification to the display driver, where the seventh notification instructs to initialize the currently undisplayed display area (for example, the second display area) and display it on the first display area and the second display area.
- the seventh notification instructs to initialize the currently undisplayed display area (for example, the second display area) and display it on the first display area and the second display area.
- the initialization of the second display area may be a reset to prepare the second display area for power-on and display.
- the display driver drives the display screen to display the two-dimensional code interface on both the first display area and the second display area.
- the first display area and the second display area each receive one signal.
- the display content corresponding to the two channels of signals can be the same, for example, both are two-dimensional code interfaces.
- step S210 the WeChat application exits the two-dimensional code interface, and step S211 is executed.
- the folding screen device in response to a user operation on the return control 106, may display the user interface 20, and the WeChat application may detect that the QR code interface is exited.
- the WeChat application sends a fourth notification to the information processing module, where the fourth notification indicates that the QR code interface has been exited.
- steps S210 to S211 reference may be made to steps S112 to S113 in the example described in FIG. 15, which will not be repeated here.
- the information processing module sends an eighth notification to the display module, where the eighth notification indicates that only one display area needs to be restored to display.
- step S207 only the user interface is displayed in the first display area
- step S212 it is restored to display the user interface only on the first display area, for example, the user interface 20 is displayed.
- the folding screen device may also enable the function of automatically switching the display area.
- the display module may determine a display area for displaying content according to the posture of the folding screen device, and send a notification to the display driver, so that the display driver displays the user interface in the first display area or the second display area.
- the display module sends a ninth notification to the display driver, where the ninth notification instructs to close the second display area.
- the display module determines that the display area for displaying content is the first display area according to the posture of the folding screen device, and then executes step S215.
- the display module sends a tenth notification to the display driver, and the tenth notification indicates that it needs to be displayed in the first display area.
- the display driver drives the display screen to display an interface on the first display area.
- step S214 is continuously executed to realize the function of automatically switching the display area according to the posture of the folding screen device in real time.
- the display module detects that the posture of the folding screen device is that the second display area faces the human face, it notifies the display driver to drive the display screen to display in the second display area.
- the WeChat application may send the first notification to the information processing module when switching to the two-dimensional code interface, that is, the WeChat application may not need to perform step S205.
- the display module Before the display module executes step S208, it can also obtain the current display form from the angle calculation module. When the display is in a folded form or an expanded form, the display module executes step S208. When the display screen is in a flattened form, step S208 is no longer executed.
- the folding screen device may display the two-dimensional code interface on both the first display area and the second display area.
- the code scanner can scan the QR code interface displayed on the second display area.
- the user can turn the device so that the first display area faces away from the user's face for the barcode scanner to scan the two-dimensional code. No matter how the user flips the folding screen device or changes the holding state of the folding screen device, the first display area and the second display area of the folding screen device both display the QR code interface for the scanner to scan the QR code, which improves Convenience.
- the term “when” can be interpreted as meaning “if" or “after” or “in response to determining" or “in response to detecting".
- the phrase “when determining" or “if detected (statement or event)” can be interpreted as meaning “if determined" or “in response to determining" or “when detected (Condition or event stated)” or “in response to detection of (condition or event stated)”.
- the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
- the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
- the computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium. For example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center.
- the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrated with one or more available media.
- the usable medium may be a magnetic medium, (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, and a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state hard disk).
- the process can be completed by a computer program instructing relevant hardware.
- the program can be stored in a computer readable storage medium. , May include the processes of the above-mentioned method embodiments.
- the aforementioned storage media include: ROM or random storage RAM, magnetic disks or optical disks and other media that can store program codes.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery (AREA)
- Multimedia (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Accounting & Taxation (AREA)
- Strategic Management (AREA)
- General Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
- Controls And Circuits For Display Device (AREA)
- User Interface Of Digital Computer (AREA)
Abstract
Description
本申请要求于2019年12月31日提交中国专利局、申请号为201911425231.6、申请名称为“界面显示方法及相关装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of a Chinese patent application filed with the Chinese Patent Office with the application number 201911425231.6 and the application name "Interface Display Method and Related Devices" on December 31, 2019, the entire content of which is incorporated into this application by reference.
本申请涉及终端技术领域,尤其涉及界面显示方法及相关装置。This application relates to the field of terminal technology, and in particular to an interface display method and related devices.
可折叠的显示屏相对于传统屏幕而言,具有柔韧性强和可折叠的特点。对于折叠屏设备来说,由于配置有可折叠的显示屏,折叠屏设备的显示屏可在折叠形态和展平形态之间切换。Compared with the traditional screen, the foldable display screen has the characteristics of strong flexibility and foldability. For the folding screen device, because it is equipped with a foldable display screen, the display screen of the folding screen device can be switched between a folded form and an unfolded form.
当显示屏为折叠形态时,折叠屏设备可根据折叠屏设备的姿态,在显示屏的两个显示区域之间切换显示。例如,两个显示区域可包含第一显示区域和第二显示区域。如图1a~图1b所示,折叠屏设备可检测到折叠屏设备的姿态从第一显示区域面向人脸切换到第二显示区域面向人脸,则折叠屏设备可将第一显示区域上显示的内容切换到第二显示区域显示。这样,可实现当第一显示区域面向人脸时,在第一显示区域上显示内容,当第二显示区域面向人脸时,在第二显示区域上显示内容,提高显示的便利性。When the display screen is in a folded form, the folding screen device can switch between the two display areas of the display screen according to the posture of the folding screen device. For example, the two display areas may include a first display area and a second display area. As shown in Figures 1a to 1b, the folding screen device can detect that the gesture of the folding screen device is switched from the first display area facing the human face to the second display area facing the human face, and the folding screen device can display on the first display area The content is switched to the second display area for display. In this way, when the first display area faces the human face, the content is displayed on the first display area, and when the second display area faces the human face, the content is displayed on the second display area, which improves the convenience of display.
当可折叠的显示屏为折叠形态时,折叠屏设备两面屏幕中一个屏幕可显示二维码以供扫描,例如第一显示区域显示二维码界面。然而,当电子设备偏转,使得第一显示区域背对用户人脸以供另一设备扫描二维码时,折叠屏设备将二维码界面切换到第二显示区域显示。这样,不利于折叠屏设备向另一设备展示二维码,降低了便利性。When the foldable display screen is in a folded form, one of the two screens of the folding screen device can display a two-dimensional code for scanning, for example, the first display area displays a two-dimensional code interface. However, when the electronic device is deflected so that the first display area faces away from the user's face for another device to scan the QR code, the folding screen device switches the two-dimensional code interface to the second display area for display. In this way, it is not conducive for the folding screen device to display the two-dimensional code to another device, which reduces the convenience.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请实施例提供了一种界面显示方法及相关装置。该方法可实现,特定用户界面(例如二维码界面)不会随电子设备的偏转而切换到不同的显示区域显示。这样,便于用户翻转电子设备将特定用户界面分享给其他用户观看或分享给其他设备扫描,可提高显示的便利性。The embodiments of the present application provide an interface display method and related devices. This method can be implemented, and a specific user interface (such as a two-dimensional code interface) will not switch to a different display area for display along with the deflection of the electronic device. In this way, it is convenient for the user to turn the electronic device to share the specific user interface to other users for viewing or sharing to other devices for scanning, which can improve the convenience of display.
第一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种界面显示方法,该方法应用在电子设备,该电子设备包含可折叠显示屏,该可折叠显示屏包含第一显示区域和第二显示区域,该方法包括:通过该第一显示区域显示第一显示界面,其中,该可折叠显示屏处于折叠形态或者展开形态;通过传感器检测该电子设备的偏转角度;若该第一显示界面包含特定用户界面,当检测到该电子设备的偏转角度大于所述偏转角度阈值,通过该第一显示区域显示该特定用户界面;当该第一显示界面不包含该特定用户界面,响应于该检测到该电子设备的偏转角度大于所述偏转角度阈值,通过该第二显示区域显示该第一显示界面。In the first aspect, the embodiments of the present application provide an interface display method, which is applied to an electronic device, the electronic device includes a foldable display screen, the foldable display screen includes a first display area and a second display area, the method The method includes: displaying a first display interface through the first display area, wherein the foldable display screen is in a folded or unfolded state; detecting the deflection angle of the electronic device through a sensor; if the first display interface contains a specific user interface, when It is detected that the deflection angle of the electronic device is greater than the deflection angle threshold, and the specific user interface is displayed through the first display area; when the first display interface does not include the specific user interface, in response to the detection of the deflection of the electronic device When the angle is greater than the deflection angle threshold, the first display interface is displayed through the second display area.
实施第一方面提供的方法,可折叠的显示屏处于折叠形态或者展开形态,当电子设备切换到特定用户界面时,电子设备可通过第一显示区域显示该特定用户界面。这样,特定 用户界面不会随电子设备的翻转而切换到不同的显示区域显示,便于用户翻转电子设备将特定用户界面分享给其他用户观看或分享给其他设备扫描,可提高显示的便利性。Implementing the method provided in the first aspect, the foldable display screen is in a folded or unfolded form, and when the electronic device switches to a specific user interface, the electronic device can display the specific user interface through the first display area. In this way, the specific user interface will not switch to a different display area for display when the electronic device is turned over, which is convenient for the user to turn the electronic device to share the specific user interface to other users for viewing or sharing to other devices for scanning, which can improve the convenience of display.
本申请实施例中,若该第一显示界面包含特定用户界面,当检测到该电子设备的偏转角度大于所述偏转角度阈值,通过第一显示区域显示该特定用户界面可包含以下情况:1仅通过第一显示区域显示该特定用户界面,即固定在第一显示区域上显示特定用户界面,不会因为折叠屏设备的姿态的变化,而将特定用户界面切换到第二显示区域显示。2通过第一显示区域和第二显示区域同时显示该特定用户界面。In the embodiment of the present application, if the first display interface includes a specific user interface, when it is detected that the deflection angle of the electronic device is greater than the deflection angle threshold, displaying the specific user interface through the first display area may include the following situations: 1 only The specific user interface is displayed through the first display area, that is, the specific user interface is fixedly displayed on the first display area, and the specific user interface is not switched to the second display area for display due to the change of the posture of the folding screen device. 2 Simultaneously display the specific user interface through the first display area and the second display area.
当折叠屏设备检测到面向人脸的显示区域变化时,即折叠屏设备的姿态变化时,折叠屏设备确定折叠屏设备的偏转角度大于阈值。其中,电子设备的姿态可包含:第一显示区域面向人脸、第二显示区域面向人脸。电子设备的姿态变化例如包含:从第一显示区域面向人脸,变化为第二显示区域面向人脸;从第二显示区域面向人脸,变化为第一显示区域面向人脸。When the folding screen device detects a change in the display area facing the human face, that is, when the posture of the folding screen device changes, the folding screen device determines that the deflection angle of the folding screen device is greater than the threshold. The posture of the electronic device may include: the first display area faces the human face, and the second display area faces the human face. The posture change of the electronic device includes, for example: changing from the first display area to the face, changing to the second display area facing the face; changing from the second display area to the face, changing to the first display area facing the face.
结合第一方面,在一些实施例中,该特定用户界面包含以下任一种或多种:二维码界面、视频播放界面和图像界面。下面分别介绍:(1)该特定用户界面包含二维码界面。(2)该特定用户界面包含视频播放界面(图像界面类似)。以下两种情况下,可折叠的显示屏均处于折叠形态或展开形态。With reference to the first aspect, in some embodiments, the specific user interface includes any one or more of the following: a two-dimensional code interface, a video playback interface, and an image interface. The following are respectively introduced: (1) The specific user interface includes a QR code interface. (2) The specific user interface includes a video playback interface (the image interface is similar). In the following two cases, the foldable display screen is in the folded or unfolded form.
(1)该特定用户界面包含二维码界面(1) The specific user interface includes a QR code interface
当检测到电子设备切换到二维码界面时,电子设备可固定在一个显示区域(例如第一显示区域)显示该二维码界面,或者在第一显示区域和第二显示区域均显示该二维码界面。这样,不论电子设备处于何种姿态,电子设备都不不会因为折叠屏设备姿态的变化将二维码界面切换显示区域显示。When it is detected that the electronic device is switched to the two-dimensional code interface, the electronic device can be fixed in a display area (for example, the first display area) to display the two-dimensional code interface, or display the two-dimensional code interface in both the first display area and the second display area. Dimension code interface. In this way, no matter what posture the electronic device is in, the electronic device will not switch the display area of the two-dimensional code interface due to the change of the posture of the folding screen device.
例如在电子设备显示二维码界面期间,仅在第一显示区域上显示二维码界面,二维码界面不随电子设备的翻转而切换到不同的显示区域显示。扫码器可便捷的对电子设备显示的二维码界面进行扫描,提高便利性。再例如在电子设备显示二维码界面期间,在第一显示区域和第二显示区域均显示二维码界面。无论电子设备如何翻转两个显示区域均显示该二维码界面。扫码器可对电子设备任一显示区域显示的二维码界面进行扫描,提高便利性。For example, during the display of the two-dimensional code interface on the electronic device, only the two-dimensional code interface is displayed on the first display area, and the two-dimensional code interface does not switch to a different display area for display as the electronic device is turned over. The code scanner can easily scan the QR code interface displayed by the electronic device, which improves the convenience. For another example, when the electronic device displays the two-dimensional code interface, the two-dimensional code interface is displayed in both the first display area and the second display area. The two-dimensional code interface is displayed no matter how the electronic device flips the two display areas. The code scanner can scan the QR code interface displayed in any display area of the electronic device, which improves the convenience.
(2)该特定用户界面包含视频播放界面(图像界面类似)(2) The specific user interface includes a video playback interface (the image interface is similar)
当检测到电子设备切换到视频播放界面时,电子设备可固定在一个显示区域显示该视频播放界面。用户可翻转电子设备(电子设备的姿态改变),供对面的其他用户观看显示区域的视频播放界面,该显示区域显示的视频播放界面不会随电子设备的偏转角度大于所述偏转角度阈值而切换到另一个显示区域显示,从而带来便利性。在一些实现方式中,当检测到电子设备切换到视频播放界面时,电子设备可在第一显示区域和第二显示区域均显示该视频播放界面。这样,用户无需翻转电子设备,用户和对面的其他用户可各自分别通过不同的显示区域均观看该视频播放界面,从而带来便利性。When it is detected that the electronic device switches to the video playback interface, the electronic device can display the video playback interface in a fixed display area. The user can flip the electronic device (the posture of the electronic device is changed) for other users on the opposite side to watch the video playback interface in the display area. The video playback interface displayed in the display area will not switch when the deflection angle of the electronic device is greater than the deflection angle threshold. Display on another display area, which brings convenience. In some implementation manners, when it is detected that the electronic device switches to the video playback interface, the electronic device may display the video playback interface in both the first display area and the second display area. In this way, the user does not need to turn over the electronic device, and the user and other users on the opposite side can watch the video playback interface through different display areas respectively, thereby bringing convenience.
本申请实施例中,电子设备检测到切换到特定用户界面,可包含:检测到用于打开特定用户界面的用户操作。特定用户界面示例性的为二维码界面。电子设备检测到切换到二维码界面之前,还包括:显示第二用户界面(例如微信应用的用户界面),第二用户界面包含收付款选项。用于打开特定用户界面(即二维码界面)的用户操作为作用在收付款选项 的用户操作。响应于作用在收付款选项的用户操作,电子设备检测到切换到特定用户界面。In the embodiment of the present application, the electronic device detecting that the switching to the specific user interface may include: detecting a user operation for opening the specific user interface. The specific user interface is exemplarily a two-dimensional code interface. Before the electronic device detects that it is switched to the two-dimensional code interface, it further includes: displaying a second user interface (for example, a user interface of a WeChat application), and the second user interface includes payment and collection options. The user operation used to open the specific user interface (ie, the two-dimensional code interface) is the user operation acting on the payment option. In response to a user operation acting on the payment and receipt option, the electronic device detects that it is switched to the specific user interface.
其中,特定用户界面包含哪些界面可以是响应于用户操作电子设备确定的。例如,用户可在系统设置中设置在哪些应用的界面上关闭自动切换显示区域功能,或者主副屏均显示内容的状态。Wherein, which interfaces are included in the specific user interface may be determined in response to the user operating the electronic device. For example, the user can set in the system settings the interface of which applications to turn off the automatic switching display area function, or the status of displaying content on both the primary and secondary screens.
结合第一方面,在一些实施例中,该传感器包含以下至少一种:陀螺仪传感器、触摸传感器、压力传感器或摄像头。With reference to the first aspect, in some embodiments, the sensor includes at least one of the following: a gyroscope sensor, a touch sensor, a pressure sensor, or a camera.
结合第一方面,在一些实施例中,该电子设备固定在该第一显示区域或固定在该第二显示区域显示该特定用户界面,或者该电子设备在该第一显示区域和该第二显示区域均显示该特定用户界面之后,该方法还包括:当检测到从该特定用户界面切换到第一用户界面,该电子设备根据该电子设备的姿态变化,将该第一用户界面在该第一显示区域和该第二显示区域之间切换显示;其中,该第一用户界面是该特定用户界面以外的任意用户界面。With reference to the first aspect, in some embodiments, the electronic device is fixed in the first display area or fixed in the second display area to display the specific user interface, or the electronic device is fixed in the first display area and the second display area. After the specific user interface is displayed in the areas, the method further includes: when it is detected that the specific user interface is switched to the first user interface, the electronic device displays the first user interface in the first user interface according to the change of the posture of the electronic device. Switch display between the display area and the second display area; wherein, the first user interface is any user interface other than the specific user interface.
例如,在特定用户界面包含二维码界面时,退出二维码界面,则电子设备恢复自动切换显示区域的功能。退出二维码界面后,电子设备显示第一用户界面。即该电子设备可随电子设备的设备翻转,将该第一用户界面在该第一显示区域和该第二显示区域之间切换显示。即当第一显示区域面向人脸时,电子设备在第一显示区域显示第一用户界面,关闭第二显示区域。当第二显示区域面向人脸时,电子设备在第二显示区域显示第一用户界面,关闭第一显示区域。除二维码以外的界面没有向扫码器分享供扫描的需求。这样,可实现当第一显示区域面向人脸时,在第一显示区域上显示第一用户界面,当第二显示区域面向人脸时,在第二显示区域上显示第一用户界面,提高显示的便利性。For example, when the specific user interface includes a two-dimensional code interface, exiting the two-dimensional code interface, the electronic device resumes the function of automatically switching the display area. After exiting the QR code interface, the electronic device displays the first user interface. That is, the electronic device can be turned over with the device of the electronic device, and the first user interface can be switched and displayed between the first display area and the second display area. That is, when the first display area faces the human face, the electronic device displays the first user interface in the first display area and closes the second display area. When the second display area faces the human face, the electronic device displays the first user interface in the second display area and closes the first display area. Interfaces other than the QR code do not share the demand for scanning with the code scanner. In this way, when the first display area faces the human face, the first user interface is displayed on the first display area, and when the second display area faces the human face, the first user interface is displayed on the second display area to improve the display. The convenience.
结合第一方面,在一些实施例中,若该第一显示界面包含特定用户界面,该第一显示界面包括第一提示信息,该第一提示信息用于提示当该电子设备的偏转角度大于所述偏转角度阈值,通过该第一显示区域显示该特定用户界面。With reference to the first aspect, in some embodiments, if the first display interface includes a specific user interface, the first display interface includes first prompt information, and the first prompt information is used to prompt when the deflection angle of the electronic device is greater than all. The deflection angle threshold is used to display the specific user interface through the first display area.
本申请实施例中,通过提示控件提示用户已固定显示区域,或者已双屏显示。用户可根据提示不翻转电子设备,便于用户手持电子设备向扫码器展示二维码界面,提高便利性。In the embodiment of the present application, a prompt control is used to prompt the user that the display area has been fixed or that the display area has been displayed on dual screens. The user can follow the prompt without turning over the electronic device, which is convenient for the user to hold the electronic device to display the QR code interface to the barcode scanner, which improves the convenience.
结合第一方面,在一些实施例中,通过该第一显示区域显示该特定用户界面之后,该方法还包括:响应于作用在该第一提示信息的用户操作,该电子设备根据检测到该电子设备的偏转角度大于所述偏转角度阈值,将该特定用户界面在该第二显示区域显示。With reference to the first aspect, in some embodiments, after the specific user interface is displayed through the first display area, the method further includes: in response to a user operation acting on the first prompt information, the electronic device detects the electronic The deflection angle of the device is greater than the deflection angle threshold, and the specific user interface is displayed in the second display area.
结合第一方面,在一些实施例中,该方法还包括:若该第一显示界面包含特定用户界面,该第一显示界面包含第二提示信息;响应于作用于该第二提示信息的用户操作,通过该第二显示区域显示该特定用户界面;或者响应于作用于该第二提示信息的用户操作,通过该第一显示区域和该第二显示区域显示该特定用户界面。With reference to the first aspect, in some embodiments, the method further includes: if the first display interface includes a specific user interface, the first display interface includes second prompt information; in response to a user operation acting on the second prompt information , Displaying the specific user interface through the second display area; or in response to a user operation acting on the second prompt information, displaying the specific user interface through the first display area and the second display area.
这样,在电子设备显示二维码界面的场景中,当第一显示区域面向人脸时,用户可触摸该第二提示控件,使得电子设备在第二显示区域显示二维码界面,无需用户翻转电子设备,第二显示区域显示的二维码界面即可被扫描器扫描,从而提高了扫码的便利性。In this way, in the scene where the electronic device displays the QR code interface, when the first display area faces the human face, the user can touch the second prompt control, so that the electronic device displays the QR code interface in the second display area without the user having to turn over For the electronic device, the two-dimensional code interface displayed in the second display area can be scanned by the scanner, thereby improving the convenience of scanning the code.
结合第一方面,在一些实施例中,当该第一显示界面不包含该特定用户界面,响应于该检测到该电子设备的偏转角度大于所述偏转角度阈值,通过该第二显示区域显示该第一显示界面之后,该方法还包括:通过该折叠屏显示第一开关控件;响应于作用于该第一开关控件的用户操作,若检测到该电子设备的偏转角度大于所述偏转角度阈值,该电子设备 不切换显示该第一显示界面的显示区域,或者通过该第一显示区域和该第二显示区域同时显示该第一显示界面。With reference to the first aspect, in some embodiments, when the first display interface does not include the specific user interface, in response to detecting that the deflection angle of the electronic device is greater than the deflection angle threshold, the second display area displays the After the first display interface, the method further includes: displaying a first switch control through the folding screen; in response to a user operation acting on the first switch control, if it is detected that the deflection angle of the electronic device is greater than the deflection angle threshold, The electronic device does not switch to display the display area of the first display interface, or simultaneously displays the first display interface through the first display area and the second display area.
其中,第一开关控件可包含在状态栏中。电子设备可接收作用在状态栏的滑动操作(例如,从状态栏位置处往下滑动),响应于该作用在状态栏的滑动操作,电子设备可以显示通知栏。Among them, the first switch control may be included in the status bar. The electronic device can receive a sliding operation on the status bar (for example, sliding down from the position of the status bar), and in response to the sliding operation on the status bar, the electronic device can display a notification bar.
这样,可实现当用户想要固定在第一显示区域或第二显示区域显示第一显示界面,或者想要在第一显示区域和第二显示区域均显示第一显示界面,可通过通知栏中的开关控件实现。其中,显示的第一显示界面可不限于包含上述特定用户界面,可以包含任意界面。这样,便于用户通过固定的显示区域(例如第一显示区域)或者两个显示区域向他人分享第一显示界面,提高便利性。In this way, it can be realized that when the user wants to display the first display interface fixedly in the first display area or the second display area, or wants to display the first display interface in both the first display area and the second display area, the user can use the notification bar The switch control is realized. Wherein, the displayed first display interface may not be limited to include the above-mentioned specific user interface, and may include any interface. In this way, it is convenient for the user to share the first display interface with others through a fixed display area (for example, the first display area) or two display areas, thereby improving convenience.
结合第一方面,在一些实施例中,当该第一显示界面不包含该特定用户界面,响应于该检测到该电子设备的偏转角度大于所述偏转角度阈值,通过该第二显示区域显示该第一显示界面之前,该方法还包括:该电子设备显示设置界面,该设置界面包含第二开关控件;响应于作用在该第二开关控件的用户操作,该电子设备开启自动切换显示区域的功能;其中,当该自动切换显示区域的功能开启后,该电子设备根据检测到的电子设备的偏转角度大于所述偏转角度阈值,将第一显示界面在该第一显示区域和该第二显示区域之间切换显示。With reference to the first aspect, in some embodiments, when the first display interface does not include the specific user interface, in response to detecting that the deflection angle of the electronic device is greater than the deflection angle threshold, the second display area displays the Before the first display interface, the method further includes: the electronic device displays a setting interface, the setting interface includes a second switch control; in response to a user operation on the second switch control, the electronic device starts a function of automatically switching the display area Wherein, when the function of automatically switching the display area is turned on, the electronic device displays the first display interface in the first display area and the second display area based on the detected deflection angle of the electronic device being greater than the deflection angle threshold Switch display between.
本申请实施例中,电子设备中自动切换显示区域的功能可根据用户操作打开或关闭,提高便利性。In the embodiment of the present application, the function of automatically switching the display area in the electronic device can be turned on or off according to a user operation, which improves convenience.
本申请以包含可折叠显示屏的电子设备为例进行介绍,但是不限于包含可折叠显示屏的电子设备,还可以是设备的正反两面均包含显示屏的电子设备。This application introduces an electronic device including a foldable display screen as an example, but it is not limited to an electronic device including a foldable display screen, and it may also be an electronic device including a display screen on both sides of the device.
本申请实施例中,电子设备的软件系统包括应用层、应用程序框架层、系统库和内核层。其中,应用程序框架层包含信息处理模块;系统库可包含显示模块和角度计算模块;内核层可包含显示驱动和传感器驱动。若该第一显示界面包含特定用户界面,当检测到该电子设备的偏转角度大于所述偏转角度阈值,通过该第一显示区域显示该特定用户界面,包括:应用(例如微信应用)检测到切换到特定用户界面,则应用通知信息处理模块,信息处理模块通知显示模块。显示模块在从角度计算模块得知显示屏处于折叠形态或者展开形态,则显示模块将开启的自动切换显示区域的功能关闭。显示模块根据当前正在显示的第一显示区域,通知显示驱动以驱动在第一显示区域固定显示该特定用户界面。In the embodiment of the present application, the software system of the electronic device includes an application layer, an application framework layer, a system library, and a kernel layer. Among them, the application framework layer contains information processing modules; the system library can contain display modules and angle calculation modules; the kernel layer can contain display drivers and sensor drivers. If the first display interface includes a specific user interface, when it is detected that the deflection angle of the electronic device is greater than the deflection angle threshold, displaying the specific user interface through the first display area includes: an application (such as a WeChat application) detects a switch To a specific user interface, the application informs the information processing module, and the information processing module informs the display module. When the display module learns from the angle calculation module that the display screen is in the folded or unfolded form, the display module turns off the function of automatically switching the display area that is turned on. The display module notifies the display driver to drive the fixed display of the specific user interface in the first display area according to the first display area currently being displayed.
在本申请的另一些实施例中,应用可从角度计算模块获得当前显示屏的形态,显示屏为折叠形态或者展开形态时,微信应用才根据切换到的二维码界面通知信息处理模块。显示屏为展平形态时,不再通知。显示模块无需再向角度计算模块获取显示屏的形态。In some other embodiments of the present application, the application can obtain the current display form from the angle calculation module, and only when the display is in a folded form or an expanded form, the WeChat application notifies the information processing module according to the switched QR code interface. When the display screen is in a flat form, there will be no notification. The display module does not need to obtain the shape of the display screen from the angle calculation module.
当检测到切换到特定用户界面,该电子设备在该第一显示区域和该第二显示区域均显示该特定用户界面,包括:应用(例如微信应用)检测到切换到特定用户界面,则应用从角度计算模块获得当前显示屏的形态。当为折叠形态或展开形态时,应用通知信息处理模块,信息处理模块通知显示模块。显示模块在从角度计算模块得知显示屏处于折叠形态或者展开形态,则显示模块通知显示驱动,以驱动显示屏在第一显示区域和第二显示区域上均显示二维码界面。When switching to a specific user interface is detected, the electronic device displays the specific user interface in both the first display area and the second display area, including: when an application (such as a WeChat application) detects the switch to a specific user interface, the application changes from The angle calculation module obtains the shape of the current display screen. When it is in the folded or unfolded form, the application informs the information processing module, and the information processing module informs the display module. When the display module learns from the angle calculation module that the display screen is in a folded or unfolded form, the display module notifies the display driver to drive the display screen to display the two-dimensional code interface on both the first display area and the second display area.
第二方面,本申请实施例提供了一种电子设备,该电子设备包括:一个或多个处理器;存储器;传感器;可折叠显示屏;该可折叠显示屏包含第一显示区域和第二显示区域,以及一个或多个计算机程序,其中该一个或多个计算机程序被存储在该存储器中,该一个或多个计算机程序包括指令,当该指令被该电子设备执行时,使得该电子设备执行以下步骤:通过该传感器检测该电子设备的偏转角度;若该第一显示界面包含特定用户界面,当检测到该电子设备的偏转角度大于所述偏转角度阈值,通过该第一显示区域显示该特定用户界面;当该第一显示界面不包含该特定用户界面,响应于该检测到该电子设备的偏转角度大于所述偏转角度阈值,通过该第二显示区域显示该第一显示界面。In a second aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device that includes: one or more processors; a memory; a sensor; a foldable display screen; the foldable display screen includes a first display area and a second display Area, and one or more computer programs, where the one or more computer programs are stored in the memory, and the one or more computer programs include instructions that, when executed by the electronic device, cause the electronic device to execute The following steps: the sensor detects the deflection angle of the electronic device; if the first display interface includes a specific user interface, when it is detected that the deflection angle of the electronic device is greater than the deflection angle threshold, the specific display area is displayed User interface; when the first display interface does not include the specific user interface, in response to detecting that the deflection angle of the electronic device is greater than the deflection angle threshold, the first display interface is displayed through the second display area.
第二方面提供的电子设备,可折叠的显示屏处于折叠形态或者展开形态,当检测到电子设备切换到特定用户界面时,电子设备可固定在一个显示区域显示该特定用户界面,或者在第一显示区域和第二显示区域均显示该特定用户界面。这样,特定用户界面不会随电子设备的翻转而切换到不同的显示区域显示,便于用户翻转电子设备将特定用户界面分享给其他用户观看或分享给其他设备扫描,可提高显示的便利性。In the electronic device provided by the second aspect, the foldable display screen is in a folded or unfolded form. When it is detected that the electronic device is switched to a specific user interface, the electronic device can be fixed in a display area to display the specific user interface, or in the first Both the display area and the second display area display the specific user interface. In this way, the specific user interface will not switch to a different display area for display when the electronic device is turned over, which is convenient for the user to turn the electronic device to share the specific user interface to other users for viewing or sharing to other devices for scanning, which can improve the convenience of display.
结合第二方面,在一些实施例中,该特定用户界面包含以下任一种或多种:二维码界面、视频播放界面和图像界面。With reference to the second aspect, in some embodiments, the specific user interface includes any one or more of the following: a two-dimensional code interface, a video playback interface, and an image interface.
结合第二方面,在一些实施例中,该传感器包含以下至少一种:陀螺仪传感器、触摸传感器、压力传感器或摄像头。With reference to the second aspect, in some embodiments, the sensor includes at least one of the following: a gyroscope sensor, a touch sensor, a pressure sensor, or a camera.
结合第二方面,在一些实施例中,当该指令被该电子设备执行时,该电子设备还执行以下步骤:当检测到从该特定用户界面退出特定用户界面,根据检测到该电子设备的偏转角度大于偏转角度阈值,将该用户界面在该第一显示区域和该第二显示区域之间切换显示;其中,该用户界面是该特定用户界面以外的任意用户界面。With reference to the second aspect, in some embodiments, when the instruction is executed by the electronic device, the electronic device further performs the following steps: when it is detected that the specific user interface is exited from the specific user interface, according to the detected deflection of the electronic device When the angle is greater than the deflection angle threshold, the user interface is switched and displayed between the first display area and the second display area; wherein, the user interface is any user interface other than the specific user interface.
例如,在特定用户界面为二维码界面时,退出二维码界面,则电子设备恢复自动切换显示区域的功能。退出二维码界面后,电子设备显示第一用户界面。即该电子设备可根据该电子设备的姿态变化,将该第一用户界面在该第一显示区域和该第二显示区域之间切换显示。即当第一显示区域面向人脸时,电子设备在第一显示区域显示第一用户界面,关闭第二显示区域。当第二显示区域面向人脸时,电子设备在第二显示区域显示第一用户界面,关闭第一显示区域。除二维码以外的界面没有向扫码器分享供扫描的需求。这样,可实现当第一显示区域面向人脸时,在第一显示区域上显示第一用户界面,当第二显示区域面向人脸时,在第二显示区域上显示第一用户界面,提高显示的便利性。For example, when the specific user interface is a two-dimensional code interface, exiting the two-dimensional code interface, the electronic device resumes the function of automatically switching the display area. After exiting the QR code interface, the electronic device displays the first user interface. That is, the electronic device can switch and display the first user interface between the first display area and the second display area according to the change of the posture of the electronic device. That is, when the first display area faces the human face, the electronic device displays the first user interface in the first display area and closes the second display area. When the second display area faces the human face, the electronic device displays the first user interface in the second display area and closes the first display area. Interfaces other than the QR code do not share the demand for scanning with the code scanner. In this way, when the first display area faces the human face, the first user interface is displayed on the first display area, and when the second display area faces the human face, the first user interface is displayed on the second display area to improve the display. The convenience.
结合第二方面,在一些实施例中,若该第一显示界面包含特定用户界面,该第一显示界面包括第一提示信息,该第一提示信息用于提示当该电子设备的偏转角度大于所述偏转角度阈值,通过该第一显示区域显示该特定用户界面。With reference to the second aspect, in some embodiments, if the first display interface includes a specific user interface, the first display interface includes first prompt information, and the first prompt information is used to prompt when the deflection angle of the electronic device is greater than all The deflection angle threshold is used to display the specific user interface through the first display area.
本申请实施例中,通过提示控件提示用户已固定显示区域,或者已双屏显示。用户可根据提示无需翻转电子设备,便于用户手持电子设备向扫码器展示二维码界面,提高便利性。In the embodiment of the present application, a prompt control is used to prompt the user that the display area has been fixed or that the display area has been displayed on dual screens. The user can follow the prompt without turning over the electronic device, which is convenient for the user to hold the electronic device to display the QR code interface to the barcode scanner, which improves the convenience.
结合第二方面,在一些实施例中,当该指令被该电子设备执行时,该电子设备还执行以下步骤:响应于作用在该第一提示信息的用户操作,根据该电子设备的翻转,将该特定 用户界面在该第一显示区域和该第二显示区域之间切换显示。With reference to the second aspect, in some embodiments, when the instruction is executed by the electronic device, the electronic device further executes the following steps: in response to a user operation acting on the first prompt information, according to the flip of the electronic device, The specific user interface is switched and displayed between the first display area and the second display area.
结合第二方面,在一些实施例中,当该指令被该电子设备执行时,该电子设备还执行以下步骤:若该第一显示界面包含特定用户界面,该第一显示界面包含第二提示信息;响应于作用于该第二提示信息的用户操作,通过该第二显示区域显示该特定用户界面;或者响应于作用于该第二提示信息的用户操作,通过该第一显示区域和该第二显示区域显示该特定用户界面。With reference to the second aspect, in some embodiments, when the instruction is executed by the electronic device, the electronic device further performs the following steps: if the first display interface includes a specific user interface, the first display interface includes second prompt information ; In response to a user operation acting on the second prompt information, the specific user interface is displayed through the second display area; or in response to a user operation acting on the second prompt information, through the first display area and the second The display area displays the specific user interface.
这样,在电子设备显示二维码界面的场景中,当第一显示区域面向人脸时,用户可触摸该第二提示控件,使得电子设备在第二显示区域显示二维码界面,无需用户翻转电子设备,第二显示区域显示的二维码界面即可被扫描器扫描,从而提高了扫码的便利性。In this way, in the scene where the electronic device displays the QR code interface, when the first display area faces the human face, the user can touch the second prompt control, so that the electronic device displays the QR code interface in the second display area without the user having to turn over For the electronic device, the two-dimensional code interface displayed in the second display area can be scanned by the scanner, thereby improving the convenience of scanning the code.
结合第二方面,在一些实施例中,当该指令被该电子设备执行时,该电子设备还执行以下步骤:通过该折叠屏显示第一开关控件;响应于作用于该第一开关控件的用户操作,若检测到该电子设备的偏转角度大于所述偏转角度阈值,该电子设备不切换显示该第一显示界面的显示区域,或者通过该第一显示区域和该第二显示区域同时显示该第一显示界面。With reference to the second aspect, in some embodiments, when the instruction is executed by the electronic device, the electronic device further performs the following steps: displaying the first switch control through the folding screen; responding to the user acting on the first switch control Operation, if it is detected that the deflection angle of the electronic device is greater than the deflection angle threshold, the electronic device does not switch to display the display area of the first display interface, or simultaneously displays the first display area through the first display area and the second display area. One display interface.
这样,可实现当用户想要固定在第一显示区域或第二显示区域显示内容,或者想要在第一显示区域和第二显示区域均显示内容,可通过通知栏中的开关控件实现。其中,显示内容可不限于上述特定用户界面,可以是任意界面。这样,便于用户通过固定的显示区域(例如第一显示区域)或者两个显示区域向他人分享显示内容,提高便利性。In this way, it can be realized that when the user wants to display content fixed in the first display area or the second display area, or wants to display content in both the first display area and the second display area, it can be realized through the switch control in the notification bar. Wherein, the displayed content may not be limited to the above-mentioned specific user interface, and may be any interface. In this way, it is convenient for the user to share the display content with others through a fixed display area (for example, the first display area) or two display areas, thereby improving convenience.
结合第二方面,在一些实施例中,当该指令被该电子设备执行时,该电子设备还执行以下步骤:显示设置界面,该设置界面包含第二开关控件;响应于作用在该第二开关控件的用户操作,开启自动切换显示区域的功能;其中,当该自动切换显示区域的功能开启后,该电子设备根据该电子设备的姿态变化,将显示内容在该第一显示区域和该第二显示区域之间切换显示。With reference to the second aspect, in some embodiments, when the instruction is executed by the electronic device, the electronic device further performs the following steps: displaying a setting interface, the setting interface including a second switch control; in response to acting on the second switch The user operation of the control turns on the function of automatically switching the display area; wherein, when the function of automatically switching the display area is turned on, the electronic device will display content in the first display area and the second display area according to the change of the posture of the electronic device. Switch display between display areas.
本申请实施例中,电子设备中自动切换显示区域的功能可根据用户操作打开或关闭,提高便利性。In the embodiment of the present application, the function of automatically switching the display area in the electronic device can be turned on or off according to a user operation, which improves convenience.
第三方面,本申请实施例提供了一种芯片,该芯片应用于电子设备,该芯片包括一个或多个处理器,该处理器用于调用计算机指令以使得该电子设备执行如第一方面以及第一方面中任一可能的实现方式描述的方法。In the third aspect, the embodiments of the present application provide a chip, which is applied to an electronic device, the chip includes one or more processors, and the processor is used to invoke computer instructions to make the electronic device execute the first aspect and the first aspect. The method described in any possible implementation in one aspect.
第四方面,本申请实施例提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当上述计算机程序产品在电子设备上运行时,使得上述电子设备执行如第一方面以及第一方面中任一可能的实现方式描述的方法。In a fourth aspect, the embodiments of the present application provide a computer program product containing instructions. When the computer program product is run on an electronic device, the electronic device is caused to execute the first aspect and any possible implementation manner in the first aspect. Described method.
第五方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机可读存储介质,包括指令,当上述指令在电子设备上运行时,使得上述电子设备执行如第一方面以及第一方面中任一可能的实现方式描述的方法。In a fifth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, including instructions, which when the above instructions run on an electronic device, cause the electronic device to execute the first aspect and any possible implementation manner in the first aspect Described method.
可以理解地,上述提供的第二方面提供的电子设备、第三方面提供的芯片、第四方面提供的计算机程序产品和第五方面提供的计算机存储介质均用于执行本申请实施例所提供的方法。因此,其所能达到的有益效果可参考对应方法中的有益效果,此处不再赘述。Understandably, the electronic equipment provided in the second aspect, the chip provided in the third aspect, the computer program product provided in the fourth aspect, and the computer storage medium provided in the fifth aspect provided above are all used to execute the methods provided in the embodiments of the present application. method. Therefore, the beneficial effects that can be achieved can refer to the beneficial effects in the corresponding method, which will not be repeated here.
图1a和图1b是本申请实施例提供的自动切换显示区域的功能示意图;1a and 1b are functional schematic diagrams of automatically switching display areas provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图2a~图2c是本申请实施例提供的电子设备中可折叠的显示屏的结构示意图;2a to 2c are schematic diagrams of the structure of a foldable display screen in an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3a和图3b是本申请实施例提供的电子设备显示二维码供扫描的场景示意图;3a and 3b are schematic diagrams of a scenario where an electronic device according to an embodiment of the present application displays a QR code for scanning;
图4a~图4h是本申请实施例提供的一些用户界面的示意图;4a to 4h are schematic diagrams of some user interfaces provided by embodiments of the present application;
图5a~图5c是本申请实施例提供的一些用户界面的示意图;5a to 5c are schematic diagrams of some user interfaces provided by embodiments of the present application;
图6a~图6b是本申请实施例提供的一些用户界面的示意图;6a to 6b are schematic diagrams of some user interfaces provided by embodiments of the present application;
图7a~图7b是本申请实施例提供的一些用户界面的示意图;Figures 7a-7b are schematic diagrams of some user interfaces provided by embodiments of the present application;
图8a~图8b是本申请实施例提供的一些用户界面的示意图;8a to 8b are schematic diagrams of some user interfaces provided by embodiments of the present application;
图9是本申请实施例提供的用户界面的示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a user interface provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图10a~图10b是本申请实施例提供的用户界面示意图;10a to 10b are schematic diagrams of user interfaces provided by embodiments of the present application;
图11是本申请实施例提供的电子设备100的结构示意图;FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device 100 provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图12a是本申请实施例提供的一种显示屏折叠示意图;FIG. 12a is a schematic diagram of a folding display screen provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图12b是本申请实施例提供的一种陀螺仪传感器的坐标系示意图;FIG. 12b is a schematic diagram of a coordinate system of a gyroscope sensor provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图13a~图13b分别是本申请实施例提供的一种电子设备100的上第一显示区域、第二显示区域的陀螺仪传感器的坐标系示意图;13a to 13b are schematic diagrams of the coordinate system of the gyroscope sensor in the upper first display area and the second display area of an electronic device 100 according to an embodiment of the present application;
图14是本申请实施例示例性提供的电子设备100的软件结构框图;FIG. 14 is a software structure block diagram of an electronic device 100 provided exemplarily in an embodiment of the present application;
图15是本申请实施例提供的一种显示方法流程示意图;FIG. 15 is a schematic flowchart of a display method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图16是本申请实施例提供的另一种显示方法流程示意图。FIG. 16 is a schematic flowchart of another display method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
本申请以下实施例中所使用的术语只是为了描述特定实施例的目的,而并非旨在作为对本申请的限制。如在本申请的说明书和所附权利要求书中所使用的那样,单数表达形式“一个”、“一种”、“所述”、“上述”、“该”和“这一”旨在也包括复数表达形式,除非其上下文中明确地有相反指示。还应当理解,本申请中使用的术语“和/或”是指并包含一个或多个所列出项目的任何或所有可能组合。The terms used in the following embodiments of the present application are only for the purpose of describing specific embodiments, and are not intended to limit the present application. As used in the specification and appended claims of this application, the singular expressions "a", "an", "said", "above", "the" and "this" are intended to also Including plural expressions, unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary. It should also be understood that the term "and/or" used in this application refers to and includes any or all possible combinations of one or more of the listed items.
首先,结合附图介绍本申请实施例中与可折叠的显示屏相关的一些概念,包括可折叠的显示屏的打开角度、展平形态、折叠形态和展开形态。First of all, some concepts related to the foldable display screen in the embodiments of the present application are introduced in conjunction with the drawings, including the opening angle, the unfolded form, the folded form and the unfolded form of the foldable display screen.
请参阅图2a~图2c,是本申请实施例提供的电子设备中可折叠的显示屏的结构示意图。该可折叠的显示屏应用于电子设备。Please refer to FIGS. 2a to 2c, which are schematic structural diagrams of a foldable display screen in an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the present application. The foldable display screen is applied to electronic equipment.
(1)打开角度(1) Opening angle
如图2a所示,可折叠的显示屏可包含第一显示区域和第二显示区域。第一显示区域和第二显示区域通过弯折部位连接。显示屏可通过弯折部位将第一显示区域和第二显示区域对折。在一种实现方式中,弯折部位可以属于显示屏的一部分,可用于进行显示。弯折部位、第一显示区域和第二显示区域为一体的。在另一种实现方式中,弯折部位也可以仅用于连接第一显示区域和第二显示区域,弯折部位可以不属于显示屏的一部分。As shown in FIG. 2a, the foldable display screen may include a first display area and a second display area. The first display area and the second display area are connected by a bending part. The display screen can fold the first display area and the second display area in half through the bending part. In an implementation manner, the bending part may belong to a part of the display screen and may be used for display. The bending part, the first display area and the second display area are integrated. In another implementation manner, the bending part may only be used to connect the first display area and the second display area, and the bending part may not belong to a part of the display screen.
本申请实施例中,可折叠的显示屏可以至少包括以下形态:展平形态、折叠形态和展开形态。图2a所示的可折叠的显示屏为展平形态,图2b所示的可折叠的显示屏为折叠形态。图2c所示的可折叠的显示屏为展开形态。如图2b和图2c所示,以折叠形态为参考状 态,第一显示区域所在的平面和第二显示区域所在的平面以弯折部位为轴旋转的角度可称为可折叠的显示屏的打开角度。本申请实施例中,可折叠的显示屏的打开角度可在0°~180°之间,也可以在0°~360°之间。In the embodiment of the present application, the foldable display screen may include at least the following forms: a flattened form, a folded form, and an expanded form. The foldable display screen shown in FIG. 2a is in a flattened form, and the foldable display screen shown in FIG. 2b is in a folded form. The foldable display screen shown in Figure 2c is in an unfolded form. As shown in Figure 2b and Figure 2c, taking the folded form as a reference state, the angle at which the plane where the first display area is located and the plane where the second display area is located is rotated about the bending part as the axis can be called the opening of the foldable display screen. angle. In the embodiment of the present application, the opening angle of the foldable display screen may be between 0° and 180°, and may also be between 0° and 360°.
(2)展平形态、折叠形态和展开形态(2) Flat form, folded form and unfolded form
如图2a所示,在展平形态下,第一显示区域所在的平面和第二显示区域所在的平面之间的角度,也称:可折叠的显示屏的打开角度为180°±β。即第一显示区域和第二显示区域在同一个平面内,且第一显示区域和第二显示区域展平分布。第一显示区域和第二显示区域通过弯折部位形成连续的显示区域。电子设备可在第一显示区域和第二显示区域组成的显示区域中显示用户界面。该状态下电子设备可全屏显示用户界面。其中,β为一个非负的角度值,例如为2°、0°。As shown in Figure 2a, in the flattened form, the angle between the plane where the first display area is located and the plane where the second display area is located, also known as: the opening angle of the foldable display screen is 180°±β. That is, the first display area and the second display area are in the same plane, and the first display area and the second display area are distributed evenly. The first display area and the second display area form a continuous display area through the bending part. The electronic device may display the user interface in the display area composed of the first display area and the second display area. In this state, the electronic device can display the user interface in full screen. Among them, β is a non-negative angle value, for example, 2°, 0°.
如图2b所示,在折叠形态下,第一显示区域所在的平面和第二显示区域所在的平面之间的角度,也称:可折叠的显示屏的打开角度可以为0°+γ,例如打开角度为0°。其中,γ为一个非负的角度值,例如为3°、0°。As shown in Figure 2b, in the folded form, the angle between the plane where the first display area is located and the plane where the second display area is located, also known as: the opening angle of the foldable display screen can be 0°+γ, for example The opening angle is 0°. Among them, γ is a non-negative angle value, for example, 3°, 0°.
如图2c所示,在展开形态下,第一显示区域所在的平面和第二显示区域所在的平面之间的角度,也称:可折叠的显示屏的打开角度为α。该打开角度是以图2b所示出的折叠形态为参考状态第一显示区域所在的平面和第二显示区域所在的平面以弯折部位为轴旋转的角度。示例性的,打开角度α的取值范围可以包含γ<α<180°,例如,折叠形态下下打开角度α可包含30°、45°、90°、150°等。As shown in FIG. 2c, in the expanded state, the angle between the plane where the first display area is located and the plane where the second display area is located is also called: the opening angle of the foldable display screen is α. The opening angle is the angle at which the plane on which the first display area is located and the plane on which the second display area is located in the folded state shown in FIG. 2b as a reference state are rotated with the bending part as the axis. Exemplarily, the value range of the opening angle α may include γ<α<180°, for example, the opening angle α in the folded state may include 30°, 45°, 90°, 150°, and so on.
可以理解的,本申请实施例以电子设备为左右翻折为例进行介绍,但是不限于左右翻折,电子设备还可以是上下翻折的设备,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It is understandable that the embodiment of the present application takes the left and right folding of the electronic device as an example for introduction, but it is not limited to the left and right folding. The electronic device may also be a device that is folded up and down, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
下面介绍本申请实施例涉及的应用场景。显示屏为折叠形态或者展开形态时,折叠屏设备可仅在第一显示区域、第二显示区域中的一个显示区域上显示用户界面。具体的,在图2b示出显示屏为折叠形态,图2c所示出的显示屏为展开形态时,折叠屏设备可仅在第一显示区域和第二显示区域中的一个显示区域上显示用户界面。示例性的折叠屏设备仅在第一显示区域中显示用户界面,第二显示区域可灭屏不显示。折叠屏设备可根据折叠屏设备的姿态,从第一显示区域和第二显示区域中选择一个显示区域显示用户界面。其中,折叠屏设备的姿态可以包含显示区域的朝向变化。例如:第一或第二显示区域的朝向(例如:朝上或朝下)、第一显示区域面向人脸、第二显示区域面向人脸等。The following describes the application scenarios involved in the embodiments of the present application. When the display screen is in a folded form or an expanded form, the folding screen device may only display the user interface on one of the first display area and the second display area. Specifically, when the display screen shown in Figure 2b is in a folded form and the display screen shown in Figure 2c is in an expanded form, the folding screen device can only display the user on one of the first display area and the second display area. interface. The exemplary folding screen device only displays the user interface in the first display area, and the second display area may not display the screen off. The folding screen device can select a display area from the first display area and the second display area to display the user interface according to the posture of the folding screen device. Among them, the posture of the folding screen device may include a change in the orientation of the display area. For example: the orientation of the first or second display area (for example, facing up or down), the first display area faces the human face, the second display area faces the human face, and so on.
当显示屏处于折叠形态,折叠屏设备也相应的处于折叠形态。When the display screen is in the folded form, the folding screen device is also in the folded form accordingly.
当显示屏处于展开形态,折叠屏设备也相应的处于展开形态。When the display screen is in the unfolded form, the folding screen device is also in the unfolded form accordingly.
当显示屏处于展平形态,折叠屏设备也相应的处于展平形态。When the display screen is in a flattened form, the folding screen device is also in a flattened form accordingly.
下面介绍几种确定折叠屏设备的姿态的方法示例。Here are some examples of methods for determining the posture of the folding screen device.
(1)利用陀螺仪传感器确定折叠屏设备的姿态(1) Use the gyroscope sensor to determine the posture of the folding screen device
折叠屏设备可通过陀螺仪传感器确定折叠屏设备在三维空间中的角速度,从而确定折叠屏设备相对于某一方向(例如水平方向)的转角。折叠屏设备可根据该转角确定第一显示区域面向人脸还是第二显示区域面向人脸,并选取第一显示区域和第二显示区域中面向人脸的显示区域显示用户界面。本申请实施例中,通过陀螺仪传感器测量折叠屏设备的姿 态的具体原理可参考图13a~图13b的描述,这里不再赘述。The folding screen device can determine the angular velocity of the folding screen device in a three-dimensional space through a gyroscope sensor, thereby determining the rotation angle of the folding screen device relative to a certain direction (for example, a horizontal direction). The folding screen device can determine whether the first display area faces the human face or the second display area faces the human face according to the corner, and select the display area facing the human face from the first display area and the second display area to display the user interface. In the embodiment of the present application, the specific principle of measuring the posture of the folding screen device through the gyroscope sensor can refer to the description of Figs. 13a to 13b, which will not be repeated here.
(2)利用显示区域被握持的状态确定折叠屏设备的姿态(2) Use the state of the display area to be held to determine the posture of the folding screen device
一般地,背对人脸的显示区域由于握持习惯被持续触摸。因此,还可利用压力传感器和/或触摸传感器检测第一显示区域和第二显示区域被触摸的状态。可以识别被持续触摸的显示区域为背对人脸的显示区域,从而折叠屏设备从第一显示区域和第二显示区域中确定面向人脸的显示区域,通过面向人脸的显示区域显示用户界面。利用显示区域被握持的状态测量折叠屏设备的姿态的具体原理可参考图11中压力传感器的描述,这里不再赘述。Generally, the display area facing away from the human face is continuously touched due to the holding habit. Therefore, a pressure sensor and/or a touch sensor can also be used to detect the state in which the first display area and the second display area are touched. The display area that is continuously touched can be recognized as the display area facing away from the face, so that the folding screen device determines the display area facing the face from the first display area and the second display area, and displays the user interface through the display area facing the face . For the specific principle of measuring the posture of the folding screen device using the state of the display area being held, reference may be made to the description of the pressure sensor in FIG. 11, which will not be repeated here.
(3)利用摄像头采集到的人脸图像确定折叠屏设备的姿态(3) Use the face image collected by the camera to determine the posture of the folding screen device
在另一种可能的实现中,第一显示区域所在的机体和第二显示区域所在的机体上可均安装有摄像头。第一显示区域对应的摄像头和第一显示区域对应的摄像头均可采集图像。采集到人脸图像则表明对应的显示区域面向人脸。折叠屏设备选择该面向人脸的显示区域显示用户界面。例如,当第一显示区域对应的摄像头采集到人脸图像,第二显示区域采集的图像不包含人脸图像,折叠屏设备确定第一显示区域面向人脸。In another possible implementation, a camera may be installed on the body where the first display area is located and the body where the second display area is located. Both the camera corresponding to the first display area and the camera corresponding to the first display area can capture images. The collected face image indicates that the corresponding display area faces the face. The folding screen device selects the display area facing the human face to display the user interface. For example, when the camera corresponding to the first display area collects a human face image, and the image collected by the second display area does not include a human face image, the folding screen device determines that the first display area faces the human face.
本申请实施例中,折叠屏设备可根据上述任一种或多种方法确定折叠屏设备的姿态,并根据姿态选择面向人脸的显示区域显示用户界面。折叠屏设备可实时检测自身姿态,根据姿态切换用于显示用户界面的显示区域。例如,折叠形态下,折叠屏设备的姿态为第一显示区域面向人脸,折叠屏设备在第一显示区域显示用户界面,并将第二显示区域关闭。当折叠屏设备的姿态改变时,例如由第一显示区域面向人脸改变为第二显示区域面向人脸,折叠设备关闭第一显示区域,开启第二显示区域并将用户界面显示在第二显示区域。该功能可称为自动切换显示区域的功能,即将第一显示区域显示的第一显示内容切换到第二显示区域显示,当第一显示内容切换到第二显示区域显示后,第二显示区域可以和第一显示区域同时显示第一显示内容;也可以在第一显示内容切换到第二显示区域显示之后,第一显示区域灭屏。In the embodiment of the present application, the folding screen device may determine the posture of the folding screen device according to any one or more of the aforementioned methods, and select the display area facing the human face to display the user interface according to the posture. The folding screen device can detect its own posture in real time, and switch the display area for displaying the user interface according to the posture. For example, in the folded form, the posture of the folding screen device is that the first display area faces the human face, and the folding screen device displays the user interface in the first display area and closes the second display area. When the posture of the folding screen device changes, for example, from the first display area facing the face to the second display area facing the face, the folding device closes the first display area, opens the second display area and displays the user interface on the second display area. This function can be called the function of automatically switching the display area, that is, the first display content displayed in the first display area is switched to the second display area. When the first display content is switched to the second display area, the second display area can be displayed. The first display content is displayed simultaneously with the first display area; or after the first display content is switched to the second display area for display, the first display area is turned off.
本申请实施例中,当折叠屏设备检测到面向人脸的显示区域变化时,即折叠屏设备的姿态变化时,折叠屏设备确定折叠屏设备的偏转角度大于偏转角度阈值。例如,折叠屏设备通过传感器检测到由第一显示区域面向人脸切换为第二显示区域面向人脸,则检测到折叠屏设备的偏转角度大于偏转角度阈值,即由第一显示区域面向人脸翻转为第二显示区域面向人脸。In the embodiment of the present application, when the folding screen device detects a change in the display area facing the human face, that is, when the posture of the folding screen device changes, the folding screen device determines that the deflection angle of the folding screen device is greater than the deflection angle threshold. For example, if the folding screen device detects the switch from the first display area facing the human face to the second display area facing the human face through the sensor, it detects that the deflection angle of the folding screen device is greater than the deflection angle threshold, that is, the first display area faces the human face. Flip so that the second display area faces the human face.
示例性的,请参阅图1a和图1b,图1a和图1b是本申请实施例提供的自动切换显示区域的功能示意图。如图1a所示,当检测到折叠屏设备的姿态为第一显示区域面向人脸,折叠屏设备仅在第一显示区域中显示用户界面90(例如是主屏幕界面90),第二显示区域可关闭不显示。如图1b所示,当检测到折叠屏设备的姿态从第一显示区域朝上、第二显示区域朝下翻转为第一显示区域朝下、第二显示区域朝上,则折叠屏设备可将第一显示区域上显示的用户界面90切换到第二显示区域显示。折叠设备可以关闭第一显示区域,开启第二显示区域并将用户界面90显示在第二显示区域。这样,可提高显示的便利性。Exemplarily, please refer to FIG. 1a and FIG. 1b. FIG. 1a and FIG. 1b are functional schematic diagrams of automatically switching the display area provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 1a, when it is detected that the posture of the folding screen device is that the first display area faces the human face, the folding screen device only displays the user interface 90 (for example, the main screen interface 90) in the first display area, and the second display area Can be turned off without displaying. As shown in Figure 1b, when it is detected that the posture of the folding screen device is flipped from the first display area facing up and the second display area facing down to the first display area facing down and the second display area facing up, the folding screen device can turn The user interface 90 displayed on the first display area is switched to the second display area for display. The folding device can close the first display area, open the second display area, and display the user interface 90 in the second display area. In this way, the convenience of display can be improved.
本申请实施例中,通过传感器检测到第一显示区域面向人脸包含第一显示区域朝上,检测到第二显示区域面向人脸包含第一显示区域朝下(第二显示区域朝上)。当检测到由第一显示区域面向人脸切换为第二显示区域面向人脸,折叠屏设备确定折叠屏设备的偏转角 度大于偏转角度阈值,由第一显示区域面向人脸翻转为第二显示区域面向人脸。本申请实施例中,翻转不限于将第一显示区域朝上翻转为第一显示区域朝下,还包括将第一显示区域朝左翻转为第一显示区域朝右,本申请实施例对此不作限定。In the embodiment of the present application, detecting by the sensor that the first display area faces the human face includes the first display area facing upward, and detecting that the second display area faces the human face includes the first display area facing downward (the second display area faces upward). When it is detected that the first display area is facing the human face and the second display area is facing the human face, the folding screen device determines that the deflection angle of the folding screen device is greater than the deflection angle threshold, and turns from the first display area facing the human face to the second display area Facing the human face. In the embodiment of the present application, the flip is not limited to flipping the first display area upwards to the first display area facing downwards, but also includes flipping the first display area to the left to the first display area to the right. The embodiment of the present application does not do this. limited.
然而,在折叠屏设备显示二维码供扫描的场景,例如第一显示区域显示二维码界面时,由于用户翻转设备使得第一显示区域背对用户人脸以供另一设备扫描二维码,而折叠屏设备会将二维码界面切换到第二显示区域显示。请参阅图3a和图3b,图3a和图3b是本申请实施例提供的折叠屏设备显示二维码供扫描的场景示意图。如图3a所示,折叠屏设备显示二维码界面10。当用户翻转设备使得第一显示区域背对用户人脸以供另一设备扫描二维码时,如图3b所示,由于检测到折叠屏设备的偏转角度大于偏转角度阈值,折叠屏设备将二维码界面10切换到第二显示区域显示。这样,始终通过面向用户的显示区域显示二维码,不利于折叠屏设备向另一设备(例如扫码器)展示二维码,降低了扫描二维码的便利性。However, in a scenario where a folding screen device displays a QR code for scanning, for example, when a QR code interface is displayed in the first display area, because the user turns the device, the first display area faces the user’s face so that another device can scan the QR code. , And the folding screen device will switch the QR code interface to the second display area for display. Please refer to FIG. 3a and FIG. 3b. FIG. 3a and FIG. 3b are schematic diagrams of a scene in which a folding screen device provided in an embodiment of the present application displays a two-dimensional code for scanning. As shown in Fig. 3a, the folding screen device displays a two-
本申请实施例提供的显示方法中,显示屏处于折叠形态或者展开形态,当检测到折叠屏设备切换到特定用户界面,例如二维码界面、图片界面或者视频界面时,折叠屏设备可关闭上述自动切换显示区域的功能。即不论折叠屏设备处于何种姿态,也不管第一显示区域和第二显示区域被触摸的状态,折叠屏设备都不切换用于显示该特定用户界面的显示区域。例如在折叠屏设备显示二维码界面期间,仅在第一显示区域上显示二维码界面,二维码界面不随折叠屏设备的翻转而切换到不同的显示区域显示。In the display method provided by the embodiments of the present application, the display screen is in a folded or unfolded form. When it is detected that the folding screen device is switched to a specific user interface, such as a QR code interface, a picture interface, or a video interface, the folding screen device can close the above The function of automatically switching the display area. That is, regardless of the posture of the folding screen device, and regardless of the state in which the first display area and the second display area are touched, the folding screen device does not switch the display area for displaying the specific user interface. For example, when the folding screen device displays the two-dimensional code interface, only the two-dimensional code interface is displayed on the first display area, and the two-dimensional code interface does not switch to a different display area for display with the flip of the folding screen device.
例如,当折叠屏设备在第一显示区域上显示二维码界面时,折叠屏设备关闭上述自动切换显示区域的功能,即当用户翻转设备使得第一显示区域背对用户人脸以供另一设备扫描二维码时,折叠屏设备依然将二维码界面在第一显示区域上进行显示。For example, when the foldable screen device displays the QR code interface on the first display area, the foldable screen device turns off the function of automatically switching the display area, that is, when the user turns the device so that the first display area faces the user's face for another When the device scans the QR code, the folding screen device still displays the QR code interface on the first display area.
上述的二维码显示方法,折叠屏设备检测到切换到二维码界面,则关闭自动切换显示区域的功能。这样,便于用户翻转折叠屏设备使得另一设备扫描二维码,提高了便利性。In the above two-dimensional code display method, the folding screen device detects that it is switched to the two-dimensional code interface, and then the function of automatically switching the display area is turned off. In this way, it is convenient for the user to turn the folding screen device so that another device scans the two-dimensional code, which improves the convenience.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,当切换到二维码界面时,折叠屏设备可在第一显示区域和第二显示区域上均显示该二维码界面。则无论用户怎样翻转折叠屏设备,或者改变折叠屏设备的握持状态,折叠屏设备的第一显示区域和第二显示区域均显示二维码界面,供另一设备扫描二维码,提高了便利性。In another possible implementation manner, when switching to the two-dimensional code interface, the folding screen device may display the two-dimensional code interface on both the first display area and the second display area. No matter how the user flips the folding screen device or changes the holding state of the folding screen device, the first display area and the second display area of the folding screen device both display the QR code interface for another device to scan the QR code, which improves Convenience.
在本申请的另一些实施例中,显示屏处于折叠形态时才会根据切换到的特定用户界面关闭上述自动切换显示区域的功能。本申请实施例不限于应用在包含可折叠的显示屏的折叠屏设备。可以理解的,本申请以折叠屏设备为例进行介绍,但是不限于折叠屏设备,还可以是设备的正反两面均包含显示屏的多屏设备,本申请实施例对此不作限定。In some other embodiments of the present application, the function of automatically switching the display area is turned off according to the specific user interface to which the display screen is in the folded state. The embodiments of the present application are not limited to being applied to a folding screen device including a foldable display screen. It is understandable that this application uses a folding screen device as an example for introduction, but it is not limited to a folding screen device, and may also be a multi-screen device with a display screen on both sides of the device, which is not limited in the embodiment of the application.
下面介绍本申请实施例提供的用户界面。本申请实施例涉及的用户界面均为折叠屏设备的显示屏在折叠形态或者展开形态下的用户界面。The user interface provided by the embodiment of the present application is described below. The user interfaces involved in the embodiments of the present application are all user interfaces of the display screen of the folding screen device in the folded or unfolded form.
本申请实施例中,折叠屏设备上的二维码界面10可以是各应用提供的二维码支付界面,例如微信应用、支付宝应用的收付款二维码界面,再例如,华为钱包应用的二维码支付界面。另一设备可对该二维码支付界面进行扫描,从而该设备与折叠屏设备上应用登陆的账号之间进行账号交易。另一设备可以是台式或者移动的扫码器设备,也可以是智能手机、 平板电脑等电子设备。当切换到二维码界面10时,折叠屏设备可关闭上述自动切换显示区域的功能。即不论折叠屏设备处于何种姿态,折叠屏设备都不切换用于显示该特定用户界面的显示区域。例如,当切换到二维码界面10时,如果当前在第一显示区域上显示,则折叠屏设备固定在第一显示区域上显示二维码界面10,关闭第二显示区域,不会切换到第二显示区域显示。在本申请另一种可能的实施例中,当切换到二维码界面10时,折叠屏设备可在第一显示区域和第二显示区域均显示该二维码界面10。In the embodiment of this application, the
本申请实施例中,二维码界面10以微信应用中二维码支付界面为例进行介绍。下面介绍本申请实施例涉及的微信应用中二维码支付界面。请参阅图4a~图4h,图4a~图4h是本申请实施例提供的一些用户界面的示意图。In the embodiment of the present application, the two-
如图4a所示,折叠屏设备的可折叠的显示屏处于折叠形态时,显示屏包括第一显示区域和第二显示区域。第一显示区域可显示该用户界面20,该用户界面20可以为微信应用的用户界面。第二显示区域可关闭不显示。图1a中的应用1可以是微信应用的图标206。响应于作用在图1a所示出主屏幕界面上微信图标206的触摸操作,折叠屏设备可显示用户界面20。当显示用户界面20时,折叠屏设备可根据折叠屏设备的姿态,从第一显示区域和第二显示区域中选择一个显示区域显示用户界面20。例如当第一显示区域面向人脸时,在第一显示区域显示用户界面20,关闭第二显示区域。当折叠屏设备的姿态变化(例如折叠屏设备由第一显示区域面向人脸翻转为第二显示区域面向人脸)时,折叠屏设备可改变用于显示用户界面20的显示区域,将第一显示区域关闭,开启第二显示区域,将用户界面20显示在第二显示区域。As shown in FIG. 4a, when the foldable display screen of the folding screen device is in a folded configuration, the display screen includes a first display area and a second display area. The first display area may display the
如图4a所示,用户界面20可包括:菜单控件(“微信”201、“通讯录”202、“发现”203、“我”204)、内容显示区205。不同菜单控件对应的内容显示区中的显示的内容不同。图4a示出的当前选择的菜单控件为“微信”201。即内容显示区205中显示的内容是“微信”201菜单下的内容。其中:As shown in FIG. 4a, the
内容显示区205包含联系人列表2051、添加控件2052。联系人列表2051包含多个联系人,用于与这多个联系人进行消息交互、语音寻呼等。The content display area 205 includes a
响应于作用在添加控件2052的用户操作,例如触摸操作,折叠屏设备显示选择框2053。选择框2053可包括发起群聊选项2053a、添加朋友选项2053b、扫一扫选项2053c、收付款选项2053d和帮助与反馈选项2053e。In response to a user operation acting on the
其中,发起群聊选项2053a用于向多个联系人发起群聊。添加朋友选项2053b用于添加新的联系人。扫一扫选项2053c用于开启扫描二维码的功能。帮助与反馈选项2053e,用于反馈用户意见。Among them, the initiating group chat option 2053a is used to initiate a group chat to multiple contacts. The
响应于作用在收付款选项2053d的用户操作,例如触摸操作,折叠屏设备显示二维码界面10。当检测到折叠屏设备切换到二维码界面10时,如果当前在第一显示区域上显示二维码,则折叠屏设备固定在第一显示区域上显示二维码界面10,不会因为折叠屏设备姿态的变化将二维码切换到第二显示区域显示,例如当第一显示区域朝上,第一显示区域显示二维码,折叠屏设备偏转,将第一显示区域由朝上翻转为朝下,第一显示区域继续显示二维码,不会因为将第一显示区域由朝上翻转为朝下,而将原显示在第一显示区域的二维码切换到其他显示区域显示。In response to a user operation acting on the payment option 2053d, such as a touch operation, the foldable screen device displays the two-
本申请实施例中,在折叠屏设备发生偏转之前,第一显示区域显示的界面可以是第一显示界面。例如,在折叠屏设备发生偏转之前,折叠屏设备显示的第一显示区域可包含二维码界面。当折叠屏设备通过传感器检测到电子设备的偏转角度大于偏转角度阈值,折叠屏设备可通过第一显示区域显示该二维码界面。若该第一显示界面包含二维码界面,当检测到该电子设备的偏转角度大于偏转角度阈值,通过第一显示区域显示该二维码界面可包含以下情况:1仅通过第一显示区域显示该二维码界面,即固定在第一显示区域上显示二维码界面10,不会因为折叠屏设备的姿态的变化,而将二维码切换到第二显示区域显示。2通过第一显示区域和第二显示区域同时显示该二维码界面。In the embodiment of the present application, before the folding screen device is deflected, the interface displayed in the first display area may be the first display interface. For example, before the folding screen device is deflected, the first display area displayed by the folding screen device may include a two-dimensional code interface. When the folding screen device detects through the sensor that the deflection angle of the electronic device is greater than the deflection angle threshold, the folding screen device can display the two-dimensional code interface through the first display area. If the first display interface includes a two-dimensional code interface, when it is detected that the deflection angle of the electronic device is greater than the deflection angle threshold, displaying the two-dimensional code interface through the first display area may include the following situations: 1 only display through the first display area The two-dimensional code interface, that is, the two-
如果折叠屏设备显示的第一显示区域不包含二维码界面,当折叠屏设备通过传感器检测到折叠屏设备由第一显示区域面向人脸翻转为第二显示区域面向人脸之后,折叠屏设备可响应于所述检测到的折叠屏设备的偏转角度大于所述偏转角度阈值,通过第二显示区域显示该第一显示界面。If the first display area displayed by the folding screen device does not contain a QR code interface, when the folding screen device detects through the sensor that the folding screen device is turned from the first display area facing the human face to the second display area facing the human face, the folding screen device In response to the detected deflection angle of the folding screen device being greater than the deflection angle threshold, the first display interface is displayed through the second display area.
如图4b所示,二维码界面10可包括:提示101、二维码区域102、二维码收款选项103、群收款选项104、面对面红包选项105和返回控件106。其中,提示101可显示“收付款”。二维码区域102显示的二维码和条形码可被另一设备扫描,以向另一设备对应的账户进行付款交易。二维码收款选项103可用于显示收款二维码供另一设备扫描,以接收另一设备的账户的付款交易。群收款选项104用于向群聊中的联系人发起收款。面对面红包选项105用于显示红包二维码供另一设备扫描,以向另一设备的账户进行付款交易。返回控件106用于返回二维码界面10的上一级界面。响应于作用在返回控件106的用户操作,折叠屏设备可显示用户界面20。As shown in FIG. 4b, the two-
当检测到切换到二维码界面10时,如果当前在第一显示区域上显示二维码界面10,则折叠屏设备固定在第一显示区域上显示二维码界面10。则不论折叠屏设备处于何种姿态,也不管第一显示区域和第二显示区域被触摸的状态,折叠屏设备在第一显示区域上显示二维码界面10,不会因为折叠屏设备的姿态的变化,而将二维码切换到第二显示区域显示。如图4c所示,第二显示区域可被关闭。用户可翻转设备使得第一显示区域背对用户人脸以供扫码器扫描二维码,提高了折叠屏设备向扫码器展示二维码的便利性。When switching to the two-
在另一种可能的实现方式中,当切换到二维码界面10时,折叠屏设备可在第一显示区域和第二显示区域上均显示该二维码界面10。如图4d所示,第二显示区域上显示的二维码界面10可以被扫码器扫描。在另一种实现中,用户可翻转设备使得第一显示区域背对用户人脸以供扫码器扫描二维码。则无论用户怎样翻转折叠屏设备,或者改变折叠屏设备的握持状态,折叠屏设备的第一显示区域和第二显示区域均显示二维码界面,供扫码器扫描二维码,提高了便利性。In another possible implementation manner, when switching to the two-
在另一种可能的实现方式中,显示屏处于折叠形态或者展开形态,当第一显示区域显示二维码界面10时,折叠屏设备可在二维码界面10上显示控件,该控件可响应于用户操作,使得折叠屏设备关闭自动切换显示区域的功能。In another possible implementation manner, the display screen is in a folded or unfolded form. When the first display area displays the two-
具体的,如图4e所示,当切换到二维码界面10时,第一显示区域可显示该二维码界面10,折叠屏设备可在二维码界面10上显示控件1011。第二显示区域可被关闭。折叠屏设备可开启自动切换显示区域的功能。控件1011可提示“点击固定显示区域”。此时折叠屏 设备上自动切换显示区域的功能依然开启,即折叠屏设备可根据自身姿态切换用于显示用户界面10的显示区域。响应于作用在控件1011的用户操作,折叠屏设备可关闭自动切换显示区域的功能。关闭自动切换显示区域的功能后,不论折叠屏设备处于何种姿态,折叠屏设备都不切换用于显示该二维码界面10的显示区域。例如,响应于作用在控件1011的用户操作,如果当前在第一显示区域上显示,则折叠屏设备固定在第一显示区域上显示二维码界面10,保持第二显示区域关闭,不会切换到第二显示区域显示。Specifically, as shown in FIG. 4e, when switching to the two-
在一种可能的实施方式中,当通过第一显示区域显示第一显示界面,在第一显示界面显示一提示信息,响应于作用于该提示信息的用户操作,通过第二显示区域显示该第一显示界面,或通过第一显示区域和第二显示区域同时显示该第一显示界面。当通过第一显示区域和第二显示区域同时显示第一显示界面时,第一显示区域和第二显示区域显示的界面可以相同,也可以通过第一显示区域和第二显示区域组合显示该第一显示界面。In a possible implementation manner, when the first display interface is displayed through the first display area, a prompt message is displayed on the first display interface, and in response to a user operation acting on the prompt information, the first display interface is displayed through the second display area. A display interface, or the first display interface is simultaneously displayed through the first display area and the second display area. When the first display interface is simultaneously displayed through the first display area and the second display area, the interfaces displayed in the first display area and the second display area can be the same, or the first display area and the second display area can be combined to display the second display area. One display interface.
在一种可能的实施方式中,当通过第一显示区域显示第一显示界面,第一显示界面包含特性用户界面(例如二维码、视频播放界面或图像界面等),在第一显示界面显示一提示信息,响应于作用于该提示信息的用户操作,通过第二显示区域显示该第一显示界面,或通过第一显示区域和第二显示区域同时显示该第一显示界面。当通过第一显示区域和第二显示区域同时显示第一显示界面时,第一显示区域和第二显示区域显示的界面可以相同,也可以通过第一显示区域和第二显示区域组合显示该第一显示界面。In a possible implementation, when the first display interface is displayed through the first display area, the first display interface includes a characteristic user interface (such as a QR code, a video playback interface, or an image interface, etc.), which is displayed on the first display interface. A prompt message, in response to a user operation acting on the prompt message, the first display interface is displayed through the second display area, or the first display interface is simultaneously displayed through the first display area and the second display area. When the first display interface is simultaneously displayed through the first display area and the second display area, the interfaces displayed in the first display area and the second display area can be the same, or the first display area and the second display area can be combined to display the second display area. One display interface.
如图4f所示,响应于作用在控件1011的用户操作,折叠屏设备可在二维码界面10上显示控件1012。控件1012可提示“点击自动切换显示区域”。控件1012用于重新开启自动切换显示区域的功能。As shown in FIG. 4f, in response to a user operation acting on the
在本申请的另一些可能的实现方式中,显示屏处于折叠形态或者展开形态,当第一显示区域显示二维码界面10时,折叠屏设备可在第一显示区域显示第一控件。该第一控件可响应于用户操作,使得折叠屏设备在第二显示区域显示二维码界面10。或者该控件可响应于用户操作,使得折叠屏设备在第一显示区域和第二显示区域均显示二维码界面10。该第一控件可提示“点击单屏显示”。其中,该第一控件即是本申请实施例中的第二提示信息,响应于作用于该第二提示信息的用户操作,折叠屏设备通过该第二显示区域显示该特定用户界面(例如二维码界面)。在另一种可能的实现方式中,响应于作用于该第二提示信息的用户操作,折叠屏设备通过该第一显示区域和该第二显示区域显示该特定用户界面。In some other possible implementation manners of the present application, the display screen is in a folded or expanded form, and when the two-
这样,当第一显示区域面向人脸时,用户可触摸该控件,使得折叠屏设备在第二显示区域显示二维码界面,无需用户翻转折叠屏设备,第二显示区域显示的二维码界面即可被扫描器扫描,从而提高了扫码的便利性。In this way, when the first display area faces the human face, the user can touch the control, so that the folding screen device displays the QR code interface in the second display area without the user having to turn the folding screen device. The second display area displays the QR code interface Then it can be scanned by the scanner, which improves the convenience of scanning codes.
可选的,当切换到二维码界面10时,折叠屏设备可在二维码界面10上显示控件,该控件可响应于用户操作,使得折叠屏设备在第一显示区域和第二显示区域均显示该二维码界面10。具体的,如图4g所示,当切换到二维码界面10时,第一显示区域可显示该二维码界面10,折叠屏设备可在二维码界面10上显示控件1013。第二显示区域可被关闭。控件1013可提示“点击双屏显示”。此时折叠屏设备上自动切换显示区域的功能依然开启。响应于作用在控件1013的用户操作,折叠屏设备可在第一显示区域和第二显示区域均显示该二维码界面10。即不论折叠屏设备处于何种姿态,折叠屏设备在第一显示区域和第二显示 区域均显示该二维码界面10。Optionally, when switching to the two-
如图4h所示,响应于作用在控件1013的用户操作,折叠屏设备可在二维码界面10上显示控件1014。控件1014可提示“点击单屏显示”。控件1014用于重新恢复在第一显示区域中显示的状态。恢复在第一显示区域中显示的状态之后,折叠屏设备可仍然开启自动切换显示区域的功能。As shown in FIG. 4h, in response to a user operation acting on the
图4e~图4h所示出的二维码显示界面中,当显示二维码界面时,自动切换显示区域功能,以及在第一显示区域和第二显示区域同时显示用户界面的功能可以是用户操作来打开或关闭的。这样,用户可根据自身需求开、关自动切换显示区域功能,从而提高便利性。可以理解的,本申请实施例以二维码界面10为微信应用中二维码支付界面为例进行介绍,但是本申请实施例对二维码界面不作限定。在本申请的另一些实施例中,二维码界面10还可以是应用提供的包含个人信息的二维码界面。另一设备可对该二维码界面进行扫描,从而根据扫描得到的个人信息添加好友、推荐好友等。例如,微信、支付宝的个人名片对应的二维码界面。In the two-dimensional code display interface shown in Figures 4e to 4h, when the two-dimensional code interface is displayed, the function of automatically switching the display area, and the function of simultaneously displaying the user interface in the first display area and the second display area can be the user Operation to open or close. In this way, users can switch the display area function on and off automatically according to their own needs, thereby improving convenience. It is understandable that the embodiment of the present application takes the two-
在本申请的另一些实施例中,二维码界面10还可以是包含某一账号信息、某一网页信息、某一商品信息的界面。当二维码界面10包含某一账号信息时,另一设备扫描该二维码界面10,可打开某一特定对话窗口,例如另一设备扫描折叠屏设备的微信应用中某一公众号对应的二维码界面10,可打开该公众号的对话窗口。再例如,当二维码界面10包含某一网页信息时,另一设备扫描折叠屏设备显示的二维码界面10,可通过浏览1011器打开该二维码界面10对应的网页。又例如,当二维码界面10包含某一商品信息时,另一设备扫描折叠屏设备显示的二维码界面10,可通过购物应用打开该二维码界面10对应的购物界面。In some other embodiments of the present application, the two-
本申请实施例中的二维码界面10不限于上述举例,还可以是其他二维码界面,例如乘车码,本申请实施例对此不作限定。The two-
在本申请的一些实施例中,当折叠屏设备的可折叠显示屏处于折叠形态时,可折叠显示屏包括第一显示区域和第二显示区域,通过第一显示区域显示二维码界面,关闭自动切换显示区域的功能,在第一显示区域上固定显示二维码界面之后,还可响应于用户操作,重新开启自动切换显示区域的功能。开启自动切换显示区域的功能后,折叠屏设备可检测折叠屏设备的姿态,从第一显示区域和第二显示区域中选择一个显示区域显示二维码界面10。具体的请参阅图5a~图5c,图5a~图5c是本申请实施例提供的一些用户界面的示意图。In some embodiments of the present application, when the foldable display screen of the foldable screen device is in a folded configuration, the foldable display screen includes a first display area and a second display area, and the two-dimensional code interface is displayed through the first display area and closed The function of automatically switching the display area, after the two-dimensional code interface is fixedly displayed on the first display area, the function of automatically switching the display area can also be re-enabled in response to a user operation. After the function of automatically switching the display area is turned on, the folding screen device can detect the posture of the folding screen device, and select a display area from the first display area and the second display area to display the two-
如图5a所示,二维码界面10还可包含提示控件107,可提示“已固定显示区域,点击恢复…”。响应于作用在提示控件107的用户操作,折叠屏设备可显示选择框108。选择框108可包含选项1081、选项1082、选项1083、确定控件1084和取消控件1085。本申请实施例中,第一提示信息可包含提示控件107上的提示“固定显示区域,点击恢复…”。As shown in Fig. 5a, the two-
其中,选项1081~选项1083均可包含选中状态和未选中状态。响应于作用在这些选项的用户操作,折叠屏设备可将这些选项在选中状态和未选中状态之间切换。选项1081~选项1083中最多可只有一个选项处于选中状态。Among them,
选项1081,可提示“仅本次”,用于在本次微信应用中二维码支付界面开启自动切换显 示区域的功能。下次切换到该微信应用的二维码支付界面时,依然关闭自动切换显示区域功能。
选项1082,可提示“以后在该界面均是”,用于在微信应用中二维码支付界面均开启自动切换显示区域的功能。即当该选项1082处于选中状态时,表示以后只要切换到微信应用中二维码支付界面,折叠屏设备均会开启自动切换显示区域的功能。
选项1083,可提示“以后在二维码界面均是”,用于在所有的二维码界面均开启自动切换显示区域的功能。即当该选项1082处于选中状态时,表示以后只要切换到二维码界面(微信应用中二维码支付界面、微信个人名片对应的二维码界面等等),折叠屏设备均会开启自动切换显示区域的功能。
取消控件1085,用于关闭选择框108。The cancel
确定控件1084,用于根据处于选中状态的选项,打开自动切换显示区域的功能。The determination control 1084 is used to turn on the function of automatically switching the display area according to the option in the selected state.
例如,选项1081处于选中状态。响应于作用在确定控件1084的用户操作,折叠屏设备在本次微信应用中二维码支付界面开启自动切换显示区域的功能。开启自动切换显示区域的功能后,折叠屏设备可检测折叠屏设备的姿态,并根据折叠屏设备的姿态从第一显示区域和第二显示区域中选择一个屏幕显示二维码界面10。For example,
响应于作用在确定控件1084的用户操作,如图5c所示,折叠屏设备在二维码界面10显示提示控件109。提示109可提示“点击固定显示区域”。响应于作用在提示控件109的用户操作,折叠屏设备关闭自动切换显示区域的功能,并在二维码界面10显示图5a所示的提示控件107。In response to the user operation acting on the determining control 1084, as shown in FIG. 5c, the foldable screen device displays a
在本申请的一些实施例中,折叠屏设备在第一显示区域和第二显示区域上均显示二维码界面之后,还可响应于用户操作,关闭在第一显示区域和第二显示区域上均显示的状态,恢复仅在第一显示区域上显示二维码界面10。恢复仅在第一显示区域上显示二维码界面10后,折叠屏设备还可检测折叠屏设备的姿态,从第一显示区域和第二显示区域中选择一个显示区域显示二维码界面10。具体的请参阅图6a~图6b,图6a~图6b是本申请实施例提供的一些用户界面的示意图。In some embodiments of the present application, after the foldable screen device displays the QR code interface on both the first display area and the second display area, it can also be closed on the first display area and the second display area in response to a user operation. The two-
如图6a所示,二维码界面10还可包含提示控件1010,可提示“主副屏均显示,点击关闭…”。其中的主副屏可以是第一显示区域和第二显示区域。响应于作用在提示控件1010的用户操作,折叠屏设备可关闭在两个显示区域均显示二维码界面10的状态,恢复仅在第一显示区域上显示二维码界面10。由于在图4a所示附图中响应于作用在收付款选项2053d的用户操作,折叠屏设备在第一显示区域上显示该二维码界面10,恢复仅在一个屏幕上显示时,将二维码界面10恢复到第一显示区域上显示。As shown in Fig. 6a, the two-
当折叠屏设备退出显示二维码界面10时,折叠屏设备也可以关闭在第一显示区域和第二显示区域上均显示的状态,恢复仅在第一显示区域上显示界面的状态。如图6a和图6b所示,响应于作用在返回控件106的用户操作,折叠屏设备可显示用户界面20,并关闭在第一显示区域和第二显示区域上均显示的状态,仅在第一显示区域上显示用户界面20,第二显示区域关闭不显示。如图6b所示,用户界面20还可以包含提示205,提示“已关闭两显示区域均显示”。折叠屏设备退出显示二维码界面10后,折叠屏设备可恢复自动切换显 示区域的功能。When the folding screen device exits displaying the two-
图5a~图6b所示出实施例中,折叠屏设备在关闭自动切换显示区域功能,或者在第一显示区域和第二显示区域均显示用户界面,可显示提示来为用户说明功能,提高便利性。另外,自动切换显示区域功能,以及在第一显示区域和第二显示区域均显示用户界面的功能还可以是用户操作来打开或关闭的。这样,用户可根据自身需求开、关自动切换显示区域功能,从而提高便利性。Figures 5a to 6b show the embodiment, the folding screen device is turning off the automatic switching display area function, or the user interface is displayed in both the first display area and the second display area, and prompts can be displayed to explain the function to the user and improve convenience Sex. In addition, the function of automatically switching the display area and the function of displaying the user interface in both the first display area and the second display area may also be turned on or off by a user operation. In this way, users can switch the display area function on and off automatically according to their own needs, thereby improving convenience.
本申请实施例中,不限于通过用户界面上的虚拟控件实现,还可以是快捷键,例如双击音量键等等,本申请实施例对此不作限定。In the embodiments of the present application, it is not limited to implementation through virtual controls on the user interface, but may also be shortcut keys, such as double-clicking the volume key, etc., which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
本申请实施例中,可以是响应于用户操作,折叠屏设备开启或关闭自动切换显示区域的功能。例如,在折叠屏设备的系统设置界面可包含开关,该开关用于开启或关闭自动切换显示区域的功能。具体的,请参阅图7a~图7b,图7a~图7b是本申请实施例提供的一些用户界面的示意图。如图7a所示,折叠屏设备显示设置界面30,示例性的第一显示区域显示该设置界面30。设置界面30可包含多个系统功能设置入口,系统功能设置入口例如可包含“登录华为账号”、“无线和网络”、“设备连接”等等。In the embodiment of the present application, the folding screen device may turn on or turn off the function of automatically switching the display area in response to a user operation. For example, the system setting interface of the folding screen device may include a switch, which is used to turn on or turn off the function of automatically switching the display area. Specifically, please refer to FIGS. 7a to 7b. FIGS. 7a to 7b are schematic diagrams of some user interfaces provided by embodiments of the present application. As shown in FIG. 7a, the folding screen device displays a setting interface 30, and the exemplary first display area displays the setting interface 30. The setting interface 30 may include multiple system function setting entrances, and the system function setting entrances may include, for example, "log in to Huawei account", "wireless and network", "device connection", and so on.
如图7a所示,设置界面30还可以包含“自动切换显示区域”功能入口301,该功能入口301还可包含开关302和提示303。提示303可提示“打开该功能后,折叠形态下根设备姿态在两显示区域之间切换显示”。其中,两显示区域包含第一显示区域和第二显示区域。As shown in FIG. 7a, the setting interface 30 may also include a function entry 301 of "automatically switch the display area", and the function entry 301 may also include a
开关302可包含打开状态和关闭状态,分别对应自动切换显示区域功能的打开状态、关闭状态。响应于作用在开关302的用户操作,折叠屏设备可将开关302在打开状态和关闭状态之间切换显示。即当开关302处于打开状态时,自动切换显示区域功能打开。当开关302处于关闭状态时,自动切换显示区域功能关闭。The
本申请实施例中,自动切换显示区域功能打开或者关闭,折叠屏设备均可执行图4a~图4h,以及图5a~图6b所示出界面对应的方法。In the embodiment of the present application, the automatic switching display area function is turned on or off, and the folding screen device can execute the methods corresponding to the interfaces shown in FIGS. 4a to 4h and FIGS. 5a to 6b.
在一种可能的实现方式中,用户可设置在哪些应用的界面上关闭自动切换显示区域功能,或者第一显示区域、第二显示区域同时显示内容的状态。具体的,响应于作用在入口301的用户操作,折叠屏设备可显示用户界面40。如图7b所示,用户界面40可包含界面设置区401、返回控件402、确定控件403、取消控件404和开关407。用户界面40上还可显示提示“选中的界面在被显示时,手机关闭自动切换显示区域功能,或者手机两个显示区域均显示界面”。In a possible implementation manner, the user can set the interface of which application to turn off the function of automatically switching the display area, or the state where the first display area and the second display area display content at the same time. Specifically, in response to a user operation acting on the entrance 301, the folding screen device may display the user interface 40. As shown in FIG. 7b, the user interface 40 may include an
其中,开关407的功能和开关302的功能相同。界面设置区401可用于设置执行图4a~图4d,以及图5a~图6b所示出界面对应的功能的界面。Among them, the function of the switch 407 is the same as that of the
界面设置区401可包含设置区405和设置区406。设置区405包含各类应用中二维码界面的选项,例如包含微信付款码选项4051、微信个人名片选项4052和支付宝付款码选项4053等等。设置区405还可包含全选控件4055和进度条4056。响应于作用在进度条4056的触摸滑动操作,折叠屏设备还可在设置区405显示更多的选项。选项4055可包含选中状态和未选中状态。响应于作用在选项4055的用户操作,折叠屏设备可将选项4055在选中状态和未选中状态之间切换。当选项4055处于选中状态时,设置区405中包含的选项(微 信付款码选项4051、微信个人名片选项4052、支付宝付款码选项4053以及滑动进度条4056可显示的选项)均处于选中状态。设置区405中包含的每个选项均包含选中状态和非选中状态。处于选中状态的选项对应的二维码界面,在被显示时,折叠屏设备会关闭自动切换显示区域功能,或者折叠屏设置的两个显示区域均显示界面。The
设置区406包含图库应用及其他应用各界面的选项。例如包含图库选项4051、爱奇艺视频选项4052等等。设置区406还可包含全选控件4063和进度条4064。关于设置区406中的选项、全选控件4063和进度条4064可参考前述设置区405中的选项、全选控件4055和进度条4056的描述,这里不再赘述。The
返回控件402,用于返回用户界面40的上一级界面,响应于作用在返回控件402的用户操作,折叠屏设备显示设置界面30。The return control 402 is used to return to the upper level interface of the user interface 40. In response to a user operation acting on the return control 402, the folding screen device displays the setting interface 30.
确定控件403,用于将界面设置区401中处于选中状态的选项存储,存储后这些选项对应的界面在被显示时,折叠屏设备会关闭自动切换显示区域功能,或者折叠屏设备的两个显示区域均显示界面。取消控件404用于取消设置,返回上一级界面。The
可以理解的,图7a~图7b所示出的界面设计仅用于解释本申请实施例,不应构成限定。本申请实施例中,设置界面包含图7a所示出的用户界面30和图7b所示出的用户界面40。第二开关控件包含图7a中的开关302和图7b中开关407。It can be understood that the interface design shown in FIGS. 7a to 7b is only used to explain the embodiments of the present application and should not constitute a limitation. In the embodiment of the present application, the setting interface includes the user interface 30 shown in FIG. 7a and the user interface 40 shown in FIG. 7b. The second switch control includes the
本申请实施例中,不限于二维码界面,当显示其他特定用户界面时,折叠屏设备也可关闭自动切换显示区域功能,或者两个显示区域均显示界面。即前述的特定用户界面不限于二维码界面。其他用户界面例如图库的用户界面、视频播放界面等。下面举出一些图库的用户界面、视频播放界面的示例。请参阅图8a~图8b,图8a~图8b以及图9是本申请实施例提供的一些用户界面的示意图。其中,图8a~图8b是图库的用户界面的示意图,图9是视频播放界面的示意图。如图8a所示,用户界面50可以是响应于作用在图库的图标的触摸操作,折叠屏设备显示的。图库应用可用于显示电子设备存储的图像,用户界面50上可包含这些图像的缩略图。用户界面50可包含缩略图显示区501、照片选项502、相册选项503、发现选项504、搜索控件505和更多选项506。其中:In the embodiments of the present application, it is not limited to the two-dimensional code interface. When displaying other specific user interfaces, the folding screen device may also turn off the automatic display area switching function, or both display areas may display interfaces. That is, the aforementioned specific user interface is not limited to the two-dimensional code interface. Other user interfaces, such as the user interface of the gallery, the video playback interface, etc. Here are some examples of the user interface of the gallery and the video playback interface. Please refer to FIGS. 8a to 8b. FIGS. 8a to 8b and FIG. 9 are schematic diagrams of some user interfaces provided by embodiments of the present application. 8a to 8b are schematic diagrams of the user interface of the gallery, and FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of the video playback interface. As shown in FIG. 8a, the user interface 50 may be displayed by the folding screen device in response to a touch operation of an icon on the gallery. The gallery application can be used to display images stored in the electronic device, and the user interface 50 can include thumbnails of these images. The user interface 50 may include a thumbnail display area 501, a
缩略图显示区501,可包含电子设备存储的多张图像的缩略图。The thumbnail display area 501 may contain thumbnails of multiple images stored in the electronic device.
照片选项502、相册选项503、发现选项504中,不同的选项对应不同的缩略图显示区。图8a示出的当前选择的选项为照片选项502。即缩略图显示区501中显示的缩略图是照片选项502下的缩略图。搜索控件505,用于搜索图像。更多选项506,可用于打开更多功能,例如,隐藏相册、设置等。用户可在用户界面50上对图像进行删除、浏览、收藏和分享。In the
如图8b所示,响应于作用在缩略图显示区501中任一张缩略图,例如缩略图5011的用户操作,折叠屏设备显示用户界面60。用户界面60可包含图像显示区601、返回控件602、分享控件603、删除控件604、编辑控件605、更多控件606和详情控件607。其中,图像显示区601用于显示缩略图5011对应的图像。返回控件602,用于返回用户界面60的上一级界面。响应于作用在返回控件602的用户操作,折叠屏设备可显示用户界面50。分享控件603,可用于将图像显示区601显示的图像分享到其他应用。删除控件604用于删除图像显示区601显示的图像。编辑控件605,用于对图像显示区601显示的图像进行 编辑,例如裁剪、添加滤镜等操作。更多控件606可用于打开更多功能,例如添加备注、打印、重命名、设置为等等。详情控件607,用于示出图像显示区601显示的图像的大小、尺寸、路径名称等参数。As shown in FIG. 8b, in response to a user operation of any thumbnail, such as
本申请实施例中,当折叠屏设备显示图8a、图8b所示出的用户界面时,折叠屏设备可关闭自动切换显示区域的功能,或者在第一显示区域和第二显示区域上均显示用户界面。例如,当折叠屏设备检测到显示图8a、图8b所示出的用户界面时,折叠屏设备可关闭自动切换显示区域的功能,仅在第二显示区域上显示图8a、图8b所示出的用户界面。或者当折叠屏设备检测到显示图8a、图8b所示出的用户界面时,折叠屏设备在第一显示区域和第二显示区域上均显示图8a、图8b所示出的用户界面。In the embodiment of the present application, when the folding screen device displays the user interface shown in FIG. 8a and FIG. 8b, the folding screen device can turn off the function of automatically switching the display area, or display on both the first display area and the second display area. User Interface. For example, when the folding screen device detects that the user interface shown in Figs. 8a and 8b is displayed, the folding screen device can turn off the function of automatically switching the display area, and only display the display area shown in Figs. 8a and 8b on the second display area. User interface. Or when the folding screen device detects that the user interface shown in Figs. 8a and 8b is displayed, the folding screen device displays the user interface shown in Figs. 8a and 8b on both the first display area and the second display area.
如图9所示,用户界面70是视频播放界面。该视频的用户界面可以是视频应用,例如YouTube中的视频界面,也可以是相机应用拍摄的视频画面。如图9所示,用户界面70可包含视频显示区701、返回控件702、后退控件703、暂停控件704、前进控件705和进度条706。视频显示区701,用于显示视频画面。返回控件702,用于返回用户界面70的上一级界面。后退控件702,用于将视频显示区701显示的视频画面的播放的进度后退。暂停控件704,用于暂停播放视频显示区701显示的视频画面。前进控件705,用于将视频显示区701显示的视频画面的播放的进度前进。进度条706用于显示视频显示区701显示的视频画面的播放的进度。As shown in FIG. 9, the user interface 70 is a video playback interface. The user interface of the video can be a video application, such as a video interface in YouTube, or a video screen shot by a camera application. As shown in FIG. 9, the user interface 70 may include a video display area 701, a back control 702, a
本申请实施例中,当折叠屏设备显示图9所示出的用户界面时,折叠屏设备可关闭自动切换显示区域的功能,或者在第一显示区域和第二显示区域上均显示用户界面。例如,当折叠屏设备检测到显示图9所示出的用户界面时,折叠屏设备可关闭自动切换显示区域的功能,仅在第一显示区域上显示图8a、图8b所示出的用户界面。或者当折叠屏设备检测到显示图9所示出的用户界面时,折叠屏设备在第一显示区域和第二显示区域上均显示图9所示出的用户界面。In the embodiment of the present application, when the folding screen device displays the user interface shown in FIG. 9, the folding screen device can turn off the function of automatically switching the display area, or display the user interface on both the first display area and the second display area. For example, when the folding screen device detects that the user interface shown in FIG. 9 is displayed, the folding screen device can turn off the function of automatically switching the display area, and only display the user interface shown in FIG. 8a and FIG. 8b on the first display area. . Or when the folding screen device detects that the user interface shown in FIG. 9 is displayed, the folding screen device displays the user interface shown in FIG. 9 on both the first display area and the second display area.
可以理解的,本申请实施例中,特定用户界面不限于二维码界面、图库的用户界面(即图像界面)、视频的用户界面,特定用户界面还可以包含其他用户界面,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It is understandable that in the embodiments of the present application, the specific user interface is not limited to the two-dimensional code interface, the user interface of the gallery (ie, the image interface), and the user interface of the video. The specific user interface may also include other user interfaces. This is not limited.
本申请实施例中,折叠屏设备中关闭自动切换显示区域的功能以及在第一显示区域和第二显示区域上均显示用户界面的功能,可以是通过快捷键或者通知栏中的控件实现的。具体的,请参阅图10a~图10b,图10a~图10b是本申请实施例提供的用户界面示意图。如图10a所示,折叠屏设备可以接收作用在状态栏的滑动操作(例如,从状态栏位置处往下滑动),响应于该作用在状态栏的滑动操作,折叠屏设备可以显示如图10a所示的通知栏80。In the embodiment of the present application, the function of turning off the automatic switching display area and the function of displaying the user interface on both the first display area and the second display area in the folding screen device may be implemented through shortcut keys or controls in the notification bar. Specifically, please refer to FIGS. 10a to 10b. FIGS. 10a to 10b are schematic diagrams of user interfaces provided by embodiments of the present application. As shown in Figure 10a, the foldable screen device can receive a sliding operation on the status bar (for example, sliding down from the position of the status bar), and in response to the sliding operation on the status bar, the foldable screen device can display as shown in Figure 10a The
如图10a所示,该通知栏80中可以包含一些功能的开关控件(例如,WLAN开关控件、蓝牙开关、手电筒开关控件、提醒方式切换控件、自动旋转开关控件、华为分享开关控件、飞行模式开关控件、移动数据开关控件、定位开关控件、截屏开关控件、护眼模式开关控件、热点开关控件、屏幕录制开关控件、NFC开关控件、固定显示屏幕开关控件801等)。As shown in Figure 10a, the
本申请实施例中,这些开关控件可均包含打开状态和关闭状态。其中打开状态表示对应的功能开启,关闭状态表示对应的功能关闭。响应于作用在开关控件的用户操作,折叠 屏设备可将开关控件在打开状态和关闭状态之间切换显示。例如开关控件801对应的功能可为关闭自动切换显示区域的功能。当开关控件801显示为打开状态时,折叠屏设备可关闭自动切换显示区域的功能,即折叠屏设备仅在第一显示区域上显示用户界面,不再执行根据折叠屏设备的姿态在第一显示区域和第二显示区域之间切换显示,而是固定在第一显示区域上显示用户界面。该用户界面可以是任何用户界面,不限于前述特定用户界面。In the embodiment of the present application, these switch controls may all include an open state and a closed state. The open state means that the corresponding function is turned on, and the closed state means that the corresponding function is turned off. In response to a user operation acting on the switch control, the folding screen device can switch the display of the switch control between an open state and a closed state. For example, the function corresponding to the
当固定显示屏幕开关控件801显示为打开状态时,响应于作用在开关控件801的用户操作,折叠屏设备可打开自动切换显示区域的功能。并且,响应于作用在固定显示屏幕开关控件801的用户操作,折叠屏设备将固定显示屏幕开关控件801显示为关闭状态。When the fixed display
类似的,如图10b所示,该通知栏80中还可包含开关控件802。开关控件802对应的功能可为在第一显示区域和第二显示区域上均显示用户界面。当开关控件802显示为打开状态时,折叠屏设备可在第一显示区域和第二显示区域上显示相同的用户界面。该用户界面可以是任何用户界面,不限于前述特定用户界面。Similarly, as shown in FIG. 10b, the
当开关控件802显示为打开状态时,响应于作用在开关控件802的用户操作,折叠屏设备可关闭在第一显示区域和第二显示区域上显示用户界面的功能,例如恢复仅在第一显示区域上显示用户界面。并且,响应于作用在开关控件802的用户操作,折叠屏设备将开关控件802显示为关闭状态。When the
本申请实施例中,不限于通过上述通知栏中的控件实现关闭自动切换显示区域的功能,还可以是通过快捷键操作,例如通过音量键和开关机键按下来实现关闭或打开自动切换显示区域的功能。In the embodiments of the present application, it is not limited to realize the function of turning off the automatic switching display area through the controls in the notification bar, but can also be operated by shortcut keys, such as pressing the volume key and the power button to close or open the automatic switching display area. Function.
本申请实施例中,第一开关控件可包含图10a中的开关控件801和图10b中开关控件802。In the embodiment of the present application, the first switch control may include the
图10a和图10b所描述的功能,可实现当用户想要固定在第一显示区域或第二显示区域显示内容,或者想要在第一显示区域和第二显示区域均显示内容,可通过通知栏80中的开关控件实现,这样便于用户通过固定的显示区域(例如第一显示区域)或者两个显示区域向他人分享显示内容,提高便利性。The functions described in Figures 10a and 10b can be realized when the user wants to display content fixed in the first display area or the second display area, or wants to display content in both the first display area and the second display area, through notification The switch control in the
可以理解的,本申请以折叠屏设备为例进行介绍,但是不限于折叠屏设备,还可以是设备的正反两面均包含显示屏的电子设备,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It is understandable that this application takes a folding screen device as an example for introduction, but it is not limited to a folding screen device, and it may also be an electronic device with a display screen on both sides of the device, which is not limited in the embodiment of the application.
下面介绍本申请实施例提供的示例性电子设备100。该电子设备可以是前述的折叠屏设备,也可以是包含多个显示屏的电子设备。The following describes an exemplary electronic device 100 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The electronic device may be the aforementioned folding screen device or an electronic device containing multiple display screens.
图11是本申请实施例提供的电子设备100的结构示意图。FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device 100 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
电子设备100可以包括处理器110,外部存储器接口120,内部存储器121,通用串行总线(universal serial bus,USB)接口130,充电管理模块140,电源管理模块141,电池142,天线1,天线2,移动通信模块150,无线通信模块160,音频模块170,扬声器170A,受话器170B,麦克风170C,耳机接口170D,传感器模块180,按键190,马达191,指示器192,摄像头193,显示屏194,以及用户标识模块(subscriber identification module,SIM)卡接口195等。其中传感器模块180可以包括压力传感器180A,陀螺仪传感器180B,气压传感器180C,磁传感器180D,加速度传感器180E,距离传感器180F,接近光传感器 180G,指纹传感器180H,温度传感器180J,触摸传感器180K,环境光传感器180L,骨传导传感器180M等。The electronic device 100 may include a
可以理解的是,本发明实施例示意的结构并不构成对电子设备100的具体限定。在本申请另一些实施例中,电子设备100可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者拆分某些部件,或者不同的部件布置。图示的部件可以以硬件,软件或软件和硬件的组合实现。It can be understood that the structure illustrated in the embodiment of the present invention does not constitute a specific limitation on the electronic device 100. In other embodiments of the present application, the electronic device 100 may include more or fewer components than those shown in the figure, or combine certain components, or split certain components, or arrange different components. The illustrated components can be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.
处理器110可以包括一个或多个处理单元,例如:处理器110可以包括应用处理器(application processor,AP),调制解调处理器,图形处理器(graphics processing unit,GPU),图像信号处理器(image signal processor,ISP),控制器,存储器,视频编解码器,数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP),基带处理器,和/或神经网络处理器(neural-network processing unit,NPU)等。其中,不同的处理单元可以是独立的器件,也可以集成在一个或多个处理器中。The
其中,控制器可以是电子设备100的神经中枢和指挥中心。控制器可以根据指令操作码和时序信号,产生操作控制信号,完成取指令和执行指令的控制。The controller may be the nerve center and command center of the electronic device 100. The controller can generate operation control signals according to the instruction operation code and timing signals to complete the control of fetching instructions and executing instructions.
处理器110中还可以设置存储器,用于存储指令和数据。在一些实施例中,处理器110中的存储器为高速缓冲存储器。该存储器可以保存处理器110刚用过或循环使用的指令或数据。如果处理器110需要再次使用该指令或数据,可从所述存储器中直接调用。避免了重复存取,减少了处理器110的等待时间,因而提高了系统的效率。A memory may also be provided in the
电子设备100的无线通信功能可以通过天线1,天线2,移动通信模块150,无线通信模块160,调制解调处理器以及基带处理器等实现。The wireless communication function of the electronic device 100 can be implemented by the
天线1和天线2用于发射和接收电磁波信号。电子设备100中的每个天线可用于覆盖单个或多个通信频带。不同的天线还可以复用,以提高天线的利用率。例如:可以将天线1复用为无线局域网的分集天线。在另外一些实施例中,天线可以和调谐开关结合使用。The
移动通信模块150可以提供应用在电子设备100上的包括2G/3G/4G/5G等无线通信的解决方案。移动通信模块150可以包括至少一个滤波器,开关,功率放大器,低噪声放大器(low noise amplifier,LNA)等。移动通信模块150可以由天线1接收电磁波,并对接收的电磁波进行滤波,放大等处理,传送至调制解调处理器进行解调。移动通信模块150还可以对经调制解调处理器调制后的信号放大,经天线1转为电磁波辐射出去。在一些实施例中,移动通信模块150的至少部分功能模块可以被设置于处理器110中。在一些实施例中,移动通信模块150的至少部分功能模块可以与处理器110的至少部分模块被设置在同一个器件中。The
无线通信模块160可以提供应用在电子设备100上的包括无线局域网(wireless local area networks,WLAN)(如无线保真(wireless fidelity,Wi-Fi)网络),蓝牙(bluetooth,BT),全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system,GNSS),调频(frequency modulation,FM),近距离无线通信技术(near field communication,NFC),红外技术(infrared,IR)等无线通信的解决方案。无线通信模块160可以是集成至少一个通信处理模块的一个或多个器件。无线通信模块160经由天线2接收电磁波,将电磁波信号调频以及滤波处理, 将处理后的信号发送到处理器110。无线通信模块160还可以从处理器110接收待发送的信号,对其进行调频,放大,经天线2转为电磁波辐射出去。The wireless communication module 160 can provide applications on the electronic device 100 including wireless local area networks (WLAN) (such as wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) networks), bluetooth (BT), and global navigation satellites. System (global navigation satellite system, GNSS), frequency modulation (FM), near field communication (NFC), infrared technology (infrared, IR) and other wireless communication solutions. The wireless communication module 160 may be one or more devices integrating at least one communication processing module. The wireless communication module 160 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna 2, frequency modulates and filters the electromagnetic wave signals, and sends the processed signals to the
在一些实施例中,电子设备100的天线1和移动通信模块150耦合,天线2和无线通信模块160耦合,使得电子设备100可以通过无线通信技术与网络以及其他设备通信。所述无线通信技术可以包括全球移动通讯系统(global system for mobile communications,GSM),通用分组无线服务(general packet radio service,GPRS),码分多址接入(code division multiple access,CDMA),宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA),时分码分多址(time-division code division multiple access,TD-SCDMA),长期演进(long term evolution,LTE),BT,GNSS,WLAN,NFC,FM,和/或IR技术等。所述GNSS可以包括全球卫星定位系统(global positioning system,GPS),全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system,GLONASS),北斗卫星导航系统(beidou navigation satellite system,BDS),准天顶卫星系统(quasi-zenith satellite system,QZSS)和/或星基增强系统(satellite based augmentation systems,SBAS)。In some embodiments, the
电子设备100通过GPU,显示屏194,以及应用处理器等实现显示功能。GPU为图像处理的微处理器,连接显示屏194和应用处理器。GPU用于执行数学和几何计算,用于图形渲染。处理器110可包括一个或多个GPU,其执行程序指令以生成或改变显示信息。The electronic device 100 implements a display function through a GPU, a display screen 194, an application processor, and the like. The GPU is an image processing microprocessor, which is connected to the display screen 194 and the application processor. The GPU is used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations and is used for graphics rendering. The
显示屏194用于显示图像,视频等。显示屏194包括显示面板。显示面板可以采用液晶显示屏(liquid crystal display,LCD),有机发光二极管(organic light-emitting diode,OLED),有源矩阵有机发光二极体或主动矩阵有机发光二极体(active-matrix organic light emitting diode,AMOLED),柔性发光二极管(flex light-emitting diode,FLED),Miniled,MicroLed,Micro-oLed,量子点发光二极管(quantum dot light emitting diodes,QLED)等。在一些实施例中,电子设备100可以包括1个或N个显示屏194,N为大于1的正整数。The display screen 194 is used to display images, videos, and the like. The display screen 194 includes a display panel. The display panel can use liquid crystal display (LCD), organic light-emitting diode (OLED), active matrix organic light-emitting diode or active-matrix organic light-emitting diode (active-matrix organic light-emitting diode). emitting diode, AMOLED, flexible light-emitting diode (FLED), Miniled, MicroLed, Micro-oLed, quantum dot light-emitting diode (QLED), etc. In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 may include one or N display screens 194, and N is a positive integer greater than one.
在本申请的一些实施例中,显示屏194可以是可折叠的显示屏,从而电子设备100为折叠屏设备。该可折叠的显示屏可包含展平形态、折叠形态和展开形态。In some embodiments of the present application, the display screen 194 may be a foldable display screen, so that the electronic device 100 is a folding screen device. The foldable display screen may include a flattened form, a folded form, and an unfolded form.
本申请实施例中,显示面板可采用OLED、AMOLED、FLED实现,使得显示屏194可以被弯折。本申请实施例中,将可以被弯折的显示屏称为可折叠显示屏。其中,该可折叠显示屏可以是一块屏幕,也可以是多块屏幕拼凑在一起组合成的显示屏,在此不作限定。In the embodiment of the present application, the display panel can be implemented by OLED, AMOLED, or FLED, so that the display screen 194 can be bent. In the embodiments of the present application, the display screen that can be bent is referred to as a foldable display screen. Wherein, the foldable display screen may be one screen, or a display screen formed by patching together multiple screens, which is not limited here.
内部存储器121可以用于存储计算机可执行程序代码,所述可执行程序代码包括指令。处理器110通过运行存储在内部存储器121的指令,从而执行电子设备100的各种功能应用以及数据处理。内部存储器121可以包括存储程序区和存储数据区。其中,存储程序区可存储操作系统,至少一个功能所需的应用程序(比如声音播放功能,图像播放功能等)等。存储数据区可存储电子设备100使用过程中所创建的数据(比如音频数据,电话本等)等。此外,内部存储器121可以包括高速随机存取存储器,还可以包括非易失性存储器,例如至少一个磁盘存储器件,闪存器件,通用闪存存储器(universal flash storage,UFS)等。The internal memory 121 may be used to store computer executable program code, where the executable program code includes instructions. The
压力传感器180A用于感受压力信号,可以将压力信号转换成电信号。在一些实施例中,压力传感器180A可以设置于显示屏194。压力传感器180A的种类很多,如电阻式压力传感器,电感式压力传感器,电容式压力传感器等。电容式压力传感器可以是包括至少 两个具有导电材料的平行板。当有力作用于压力传感器180A,电极之间的电容改变。电子设备100根据电容的变化确定压力的强度。当有触摸操作作用于显示屏194,电子设备100根据压力传感器180A检测所述触摸操作强度。电子设备100也可以根据压力传感器180A的检测信号计算触摸的位置。在一些实施例中,作用于相同触摸位置,但不同触摸操作强度的触摸操作,可以对应不同的操作指令。例如:当有触摸操作强度小于第一压力阈值的触摸操作作用于短消息应用图标时,执行查看短消息的指令。当有触摸操作强度大于或等于第一压力阈值的触摸操作作用于短消息应用图标时,执行新建短消息的指令。The pressure sensor 180A is used to sense the pressure signal and can convert the pressure signal into an electrical signal. In some embodiments, the pressure sensor 180A may be provided on the display screen 194. There are many types of pressure sensors 180A, such as resistive pressure sensors, inductive pressure sensors, capacitive pressure sensors and so on. The capacitive pressure sensor may include at least two parallel plates with conductive material. When a force is applied to the pressure sensor 180A, the capacitance between the electrodes changes. The electronic device 100 determines the intensity of the pressure according to the change in capacitance. When a touch operation acts on the display screen 194, the electronic device 100 detects the intensity of the touch operation according to the pressure sensor 180A. The electronic device 100 may also calculate the touched position according to the detection signal of the pressure sensor 180A. In some embodiments, touch operations that act on the same touch position but have different touch operation strengths may correspond to different operation instructions. For example: when a touch operation whose intensity of the touch operation is less than the first pressure threshold is applied to the short message application icon, an instruction to view the short message is executed. When a touch operation with a touch operation intensity greater than or equal to the first pressure threshold acts on the short message application icon, an instruction to create a new short message is executed.
在本申请实施例中,电子设备100也可以根据压力传感器180A的检测信号计算触摸的位置。当显示屏194为可折叠的显示屏时,电子设备100可检测到该触摸的位置在显示屏的第一显示区域还是第二显示区域。电子设备10可根据被持续触摸的位置所在的显示区域,确定电子设备的姿态。背对人脸的显示区域由于握持习惯被持续触摸。折叠屏设备可确定被持续触摸的显示区域为背对人脸的显示区域,从而从第一显示区域和第二显示区域中确定面向人脸的显示区域。In the embodiment of the present application, the electronic device 100 may also calculate the touched position according to the detection signal of the pressure sensor 180A. When the display screen 194 is a foldable display screen, the electronic device 100 can detect whether the touched position is in the first display area or the second display area of the display screen. The
陀螺仪传感器180B可以用于确定电子设备100的运动姿态。在一些实施例中,可以通过陀螺仪传感器180B确定电子设备100围绕三个轴(即,x,y和z轴)的角速度。陀螺仪传感器180B可以用于拍摄防抖。示例性的,当按下快门,陀螺仪传感器180B检测电子设备100抖动的角度,根据角度计算出镜头模组需要补偿的距离,让镜头通过反向运动抵消电子设备100的抖动,实现防抖。陀螺仪传感器180B还可以用于导航,体感游戏场景。The gyro sensor 180B may be used to determine the movement posture of the electronic device 100. In some embodiments, the angular velocity of the electronic device 100 around three axes (ie, x, y, and z axes) can be determined by the gyro sensor 180B. The gyro sensor 180B can be used for image stabilization. Exemplarily, when the shutter is pressed, the gyro sensor 180B detects the shake angle of the electronic device 100, calculates the distance that the lens module needs to compensate according to the angle, and allows the lens to counteract the shake of the electronic device 100 through reverse movement to achieve anti-shake. The gyro sensor 180B can also be used for navigation and somatosensory game scenes.
本申请实施例中,电子设备100还可以通过加速度传感器180E和/或陀螺仪传感器180B,检测可折叠显示屏的弯折的夹角,即打开角度。电子设备100还可以根据该弯折的夹角,判断出该可折叠显示屏的形态,例如展平形态、折叠形态或者展开形态。In the embodiment of the present application, the electronic device 100 may also detect the bending angle of the foldable display screen, that is, the opening angle, through the acceleration sensor 180E and/or the gyroscope sensor 180B. The electronic device 100 can also determine the shape of the foldable display screen, such as a flattened shape, a folded shape, or an unfolded shape, based on the angle of the bend.
具体的,可折叠的显示屏的第一显示区域所在的机体部分可包含至少一个陀螺仪传感器180B。第二显示区域所在的机体部分也可包含至少一个陀螺仪传感器180B。通过这两组传感器,电子设备可确定加速度传感器三轴数据(单位为m/s2,采样频率为100Hz)、零偏修正后的陀螺仪传感器三轴数据(单位为rad/s,采样频率为100Hz)。然后,电子设备可通过滤波算法从加速度传感器三轴数据中提取加速度传感器数值(单位为m/s2,采样频率为100Hz)、数据对应的系统时间,利用这些参数通过进一步融合算法计算,得到每个显示区域的朝向的角度变化。进而电子设备可确定出两个显示区域的夹角,即可折叠显示屏的两个显示区域的打开角度。Specifically, the body part where the first display area of the foldable display screen is located may include at least one gyroscope sensor 180B. The body part where the second display area is located may also include at least one gyroscope sensor 180B. Through these two sets of sensors, the electronic device can determine the three-axis data of the acceleration sensor (unit is m/s2, the sampling frequency is 100Hz), and the three-axis data of the gyroscope sensor after zero offset correction (the unit is rad/s, the sampling frequency is 100Hz) ). Then, the electronic device can extract the acceleration sensor value (unit is m/s2, sampling frequency is 100Hz) and the system time corresponding to the data from the three-axis data of the acceleration sensor through the filtering algorithm, and use these parameters to calculate through further fusion algorithm to obtain each The angle of the orientation of the display area changes. Furthermore, the electronic device can determine the angle between the two display areas, that is, the opening angles of the two display areas of the foldable display screen.
示例性的,电子设备100的可折叠显示屏可折叠形成图12a所示的第一显示区域和第二显示区域。第一显示区域所在的机体中设置有陀螺仪传感器A,第二显示区域所在的机体中设置有陀螺仪传感器B。本申请实施例中,对陀螺仪传感器A测量第一显示区域的朝向(即朝向的方向向量),陀螺仪传感器B测量第二显示区域的朝向(即朝向的方向向量)的原理,以及电子设备100根据第一显示区域的朝向和第二显示区域的朝向计算第一显示区域和第二显示区域的打开角度α的原理进行说明。Exemplarily, the foldable display screen of the electronic device 100 can be folded to form the first display area and the second display area shown in FIG. 12a. The body where the first display area is located is provided with a gyroscope sensor A, and the body where the second display area is located is provided with a gyroscope sensor B. In the embodiments of the present application, the principle of measuring the orientation of the first display area (that is, the direction vector of orientation) by the gyroscope sensor A, and the principle of measuring the orientation (that is, the direction vector of the orientation) of the second display area by the gyroscope sensor B, and the electronic device 100. The principle of calculating the opening angle α of the first display area and the second display area based on the orientation of the first display area and the orientation of the second display area will be described.
其中,陀螺仪传感器的坐标系可以是地理坐标系。如图12b所示,地理坐标系的原点O可以位于运载体(即包含陀螺仪传感器的设备,如电子设备100)所在的点,X轴沿着当地纬线指向东(E),Y轴沿当地子午线指向北(N),Z轴沿当地地理垂线指向上,并与X 轴和Y轴构成右手直角坐标系。其中,X轴与Y轴构成的平面即为当地水平面,Y轴与Z轴构成的平面即为当地子午面。因此,可以理解的是,陀螺仪传感器的坐标系是:以陀螺仪传感器为原点O,沿当地纬线指向东为X轴,沿当地子午线指向北为Y轴,沿当地地理垂线指向向上(即地理垂线的方向)为Z轴。Among them, the coordinate system of the gyroscope sensor may be a geographic coordinate system. As shown in Figure 12b, the origin O of the geographic coordinate system can be located at the point where the carrier (ie, the device containing the gyroscope sensor, such as the electronic device 100) is located, the X-axis points to the east (E) along the local latitude, and the Y-axis is along the local The meridian points north (N), and the Z axis points upward along the local geographic vertical, and forms a right-handed rectangular coordinate system with the X and Y axes. Among them, the plane formed by the X axis and the Y axis is the local horizontal plane, and the plane formed by the Y axis and the Z axis is the local meridian plane. Therefore, it is understandable that the coordinate system of the gyroscope sensor is: taking the gyroscope sensor as the origin O, pointing east along the local latitude as the X axis, pointing north along the local meridian as the Y axis, and pointing upward along the local geographic vertical (ie The direction of the geographic vertical is the Z axis.
电子设备100利用每个显示区域对应机体上设置的陀螺仪传感器,便可测量得到每个显示区域对应的陀螺仪传感器的坐标系中朝向的方向向量。例如,参考如图12a所示的电子设备100的侧视图,电子设备100测量得到第一显示区域在陀螺仪传感器A的坐标系中的朝向的方向向量为向量 第二显示区域在陀螺仪传感器B的坐标系中的朝向的方向向量为向量 电子设备100利用如下公式(1),便可计算出向量 与向量 的夹角θ: The electronic device 100 uses the gyroscope sensor provided on the body corresponding to each display area to measure the direction vector of the orientation in the coordinate system of the gyroscope sensor corresponding to each display area. For example, referring to the side view of the electronic device 100 shown in FIG. 12a, the electronic device 100 measures the direction vector of the orientation of the first display area in the coordinate system of the gyro sensor A as a vector The direction vector of the orientation of the second display area in the coordinate system of the gyro sensor B is a vector The electronic device 100 uses the following formula (1) to calculate the vector With vector The included angle θ:
又根据图12a可知,由于向量 与第一显示区域垂直,向量 与第二显示区域垂直,因此,可得到第一显示区域与第二显示区域的夹角α=180°-θ。即电子设备100可以根据测量得到的第一显示区域在陀螺仪传感器A的坐标系中的朝向的方向向量(即向量 )和第二显示区域在陀螺仪传感器B的坐标系中的朝向的方向向量(即向量 ),确定出第一显示区域与第二显示区域的夹角α。该夹角α即为可折叠的显示屏的打开角度。 According to Figure 12a, it can be seen that since the vector Perpendicular to the first display area, vector It is perpendicular to the second display area, and therefore, the angle α between the first display area and the second display area can be obtained as α=180°-θ. That is, the electronic device 100 can be measured according to the direction vector (ie, vector) of the orientation of the first display area in the coordinate system of the gyroscope sensor A. ) And the direction vector of the orientation of the second display area in the coordinate system of the gyro sensor B (that is, the vector ), the angle α between the first display area and the second display area is determined. The included angle α is the opening angle of the foldable display screen.
需要说明的是,虽然第一显示区域和第二显示区域中设置的陀螺仪传感器的位置并不重叠,即第一显示区域和第二显示区域的陀螺仪传感器的坐标系的原点并不重叠,但是,两个坐标系的X轴,Y轴,Z轴是平行的,从而可以认为第一显示区域和第二显示区域中设置的陀螺仪传感器的坐标系是平行的。这样,虽然向量 和向量 不在同一个坐标系,但是因为两个坐标系的各轴平行,因此,仍可通过上述公式(1)计算向量 与向量 的夹角θ。 It should be noted that although the positions of the gyroscope sensors provided in the first display area and the second display area do not overlap, that is, the origins of the coordinate systems of the gyroscope sensors in the first display area and the second display area do not overlap, However, the X-axis, Y-axis, and Z-axis of the two coordinate systems are parallel, so that it can be considered that the coordinate systems of the gyroscope sensors provided in the first display area and the second display area are parallel. In this way, although the vector And vector Not in the same coordinate system, but because the axes of the two coordinate systems are parallel, the vector can still be calculated by the above formula (1) With vector The included angle θ.
在一些实施例中,还可以有其他一个或多个传感器配合,测量第一显示区域与第二显示区域的夹角α。例如,显示屏的每个显示区域所在机体中均可设置一个加速度传感器。电子设备100(如处理器110)可利用加速度传感器测量每个显示区域被转动时的运动加速度;然后根据测量得到的运动加速度计算一个显示区域相对于另一个显示区域转动的角度,即第一显示区域与第二显示区域的夹角α。In some embodiments, one or more other sensors may also cooperate to measure the angle α between the first display area and the second display area. For example, each display area of the display screen can be provided with an acceleration sensor in the body. The electronic device 100 (such as the processor 110) can use an acceleration sensor to measure the motion acceleration of each display area when it is rotated; and then calculate the rotation angle of one display area relative to the other display area according to the measured motion acceleration, that is, the first display The angle α between the area and the second display area.
可以通过陀螺仪传感器检测电子设备的轴向运动,从而确定电子设备的偏转角度、速度、时间等。根据电子设备的偏转角度确定电子设备的翻转。当电子设备的偏转角度大于阈值,则可以确定电子设备翻转,电子设备翻转,也称电子设备旋转。The gyroscope sensor can detect the axial movement of the electronic device to determine the deflection angle, speed, time, etc. of the electronic device. The flip of the electronic device is determined according to the deflection angle of the electronic device. When the deflection angle of the electronic device is greater than the threshold, it can be determined that the electronic device is flipped, and the electronic device is flipped, also known as the electronic device rotating.
在另一些实施例中,上述陀螺仪传感器可以是有其他多个传感器配合形成的虚拟陀螺仪传感器,该虚拟陀螺仪传感器可用于计算第一显示区域与第二显示区域的夹角,即第一显示区域与第二显示区域的夹角α。In other embodiments, the above-mentioned gyro sensor may be a virtual gyro sensor formed by cooperating with a plurality of other sensors. The virtual gyro sensor may be used to calculate the angle between the first display area and the second display area, that is, the first The angle α between the display area and the second display area.
在另一些实施例中,电子设备100的折叠线的弯折部位(例如转轴上)可以有角度传感器,电子设备100可以通过设置在该显示屏的折叠部位的角度传感器,测量第一显示区域和第二显示区域所成夹角α。In other embodiments, the bending part of the fold line of the electronic device 100 (for example, on the rotating shaft) may have an angle sensor, and the electronic device 100 may measure the first display area and the first display area through the angle sensor disposed on the folding part of the display screen. The angle α formed by the second display area.
在本申请的一些实施例中,电子设备100还可以通过上述陀螺仪传感器180B测量出第一显示区域与水平面的夹角β1,第二显示区域与水平面的夹角β2。In some embodiments of the present application, the electronic device 100 may also measure the angle β1 between the first display area and the horizontal plane, and the angle β2 between the second display area and the horizontal plane through the above-mentioned gyro sensor 180B.
请参考图13a,其示出了电子设备100的上第一显示区域的陀螺仪传感器的坐标系。其中,X轴和Y轴构成的平面即为当地水平面,Y轴和Z轴构成的平面即为当地子午面。电子设备100的第一显示区域在陀螺仪传感器的坐标系中朝向的方向向量为向量 向量 和XOY平面(即水平面)的夹角γ1在以下关系: 其中,电子设备100的第一显示区域与向量 垂直,电子设备100的第一显示区域所在平面与XOY平面(即水平面)的夹角β1和夹角γ1互余,即β1+γ1=90°。由此可知:向量 和电子设备100的第一显示区域所在平面与水平面的夹角β存在以下关系: 其中, Please refer to FIG. 13a, which shows the coordinate system of the gyroscope sensor of the upper first display area of the electronic device 100. Among them, the plane formed by the X axis and the Y axis is the local horizontal plane, and the plane formed by the Y axis and the Z axis is the local meridian plane. The direction vector that the first display area of the electronic device 100 faces in the coordinate system of the gyroscope sensor is a vector vector The angle γ1 with the XOY plane (ie the horizontal plane) is in the following relationship: Among them, the first display area of the electronic device 100 and the vector Vertically, the included angle β1 and the included angle γ1 between the plane where the first display area of the electronic device 100 is located and the XOY plane (ie, the horizontal plane) are complementary, that is, β1+γ1=90°. From this we can see: vector There is the following relationship with the angle β between the plane of the first display area of the electronic device 100 and the horizontal plane: among them,
请参考图13b,其示出了电子设备100的上第二显示区域的陀螺仪传感器的坐标系。其中,X轴和Y轴构成的平面即为当地水平面,Y轴和Z轴构成的平面即为当地子午面。电子设备100的第二显示区域在陀螺仪传感器的坐标系中朝向的方向向量为向量 向量 和XOY平面(即水平面)的夹角γ2存在以下关系: 其中,电子设备100的第二显示区域与向量 垂直,电子设备100的第二显示区域所在平面与XOY平面(即水平面)的夹角β2的补角和夹角γ2互余,即β2-γ2=90°。由此可知:向量 和电子设备100的第二显示区域所在平面与水平面的夹角β2存在以下关系: 其中, Please refer to FIG. 13b, which shows the coordinate system of the gyroscope sensor of the upper second display area of the electronic device 100. Among them, the plane formed by the X axis and the Y axis is the local horizontal plane, and the plane formed by the Y axis and the Z axis is the local meridian plane. The direction vector that the second display area of the electronic device 100 faces in the coordinate system of the gyroscope sensor is a vector vector The angle γ2 with the XOY plane (ie the horizontal plane) has the following relationship: Among them, the second display area of the electronic device 100 and the vector Vertically, the supplementary angle of the angle β2 between the plane of the second display area of the electronic device 100 and the XOY plane (ie, the horizontal plane) and the included angle γ2 are complementary, that is, β2-γ2=90°. From this we can see: vector There is the following relationship with the angle β2 between the plane of the second display area of the electronic device 100 and the horizontal plane: among them,
综上所述,电子设备100根据测量得到的第一显示区域在陀螺仪传感器的坐标系中的朝向的方向向量 便可采用上述公式(2)确定出电子设备100的第一显示区域与水平面的夹角β1。电子设备100根据测量得到的第二显示区域在陀螺仪传感器坐标系中的朝向的方向向量 便可采用上述公式(3)确定出电子设备100的第二显示区域与水平面的夹角β2。 In summary, the electronic device 100 is based on the measured direction vector of the orientation of the first display area in the coordinate system of the gyroscope sensor. The above formula (2) can be used to determine the angle β1 between the first display area of the electronic device 100 and the horizontal plane. The direction vector of the orientation of the second display area in the gyroscope sensor coordinate system obtained by the electronic device 100 according to the measurement The above formula (3) can be used to determine the angle β2 between the second display area of the electronic device 100 and the horizontal plane.
一般地,折叠屏设备可确定与水平面的夹角小于90°的显示区域为面向人脸的显示区域。在另一种可能的实现中,折叠屏设备比较两个显示区域与水平面的夹角。两个显示区域中,与水平面夹角较小的显示区域可以是面向人脸的显示区域。当折叠屏设备检测到面向人脸的显示区域变化时,即折叠屏设备的姿态变化时,折叠屏设备确定折叠屏设备进行了翻转。例如,折叠屏设备通过传感器检测到由第一显示区域面向人脸切换为第二显示区域面向人脸,则检测到折叠屏设备进行了翻转。本申请实施例中,翻转不限于将第一显示区域朝上翻转为第一显示区域朝下,还包括将第一显示区域朝左翻转为第一显示区域朝右,当检测到折叠屏设备的偏转角度大于偏转角度阈值,或当检测到折叠屏设备的旋转角度大于旋转角度阈值,则可以识别折叠屏设备翻转。本申请实施例对此不作限定。Generally, a folding screen device can determine that a display area with an angle of less than 90° from the horizontal plane is a display area facing the human face. In another possible implementation, the folding screen device compares the angles between the two display areas and the horizontal plane. Among the two display areas, the display area with the smaller angle with the horizontal plane may be the display area facing the human face. When the folding screen device detects a change in the display area facing the human face, that is, when the posture of the folding screen device changes, the folding screen device determines that the folding screen device is turned over. For example, if the folding screen device detects through the sensor that the first display area faces the human face and the second display area faces the human face, it is detected that the folding screen device has been turned over. In the embodiment of the present application, the turning is not limited to turning the first display area up to the first display area down, but also includes turning the first display area to the left to the first display area to the right. The deflection angle is greater than the deflection angle threshold, or when it is detected that the rotation angle of the folding screen device is greater than the rotation angle threshold, it can be recognized that the folding screen device is turned over. The embodiment of the application does not limit this.
之后,电子设备100可根据第一显示区域与水平面的夹角β1、第二显示区域与水平面的夹角β2,确定折叠屏设备的姿态,折叠屏设备的姿态例如可包含:第一显示区域面向人脸、第二显示区域面向人脸。After that, the electronic device 100 can determine the posture of the folding screen device according to the angle β1 between the first display area and the horizontal plane, and the angle β2 between the second display area and the horizontal plane. The posture of the folding screen device may include, for example, that the first display area faces The human face and the second display area face the human face.
气压传感器180C用于测量气压。在一些实施例中,电子设备100通过气压传感器180C测得的气压值计算海拔高度,辅助定位和导航。The air pressure sensor 180C is used to measure air pressure. In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 calculates the altitude based on the air pressure value measured by the air pressure sensor 180C to assist positioning and navigation.
磁传感器180D包括霍尔传感器。电子设备100可以利用磁传感器180D检测翻盖皮套的开合。在一些实施例中,当电子设备100是翻盖机时,电子设备100可以根据磁传感器180D检测翻盖的开合。进而根据检测到的皮套的开合状态或翻盖的开合状态,设置翻盖自动解锁等特性。The magnetic sensor 180D includes a Hall sensor. The electronic device 100 may use the magnetic sensor 180D to detect the opening and closing of the flip holster. In some embodiments, when the electronic device 100 is a flip machine, the electronic device 100 can detect the opening and closing of the flip according to the magnetic sensor 180D. Furthermore, according to the detected opening and closing state of the leather case or the opening and closing state of the flip cover, features such as automatic unlocking of the flip cover are set.
在本申请的另一些实施例中,霍尔传感器还可位于可折叠显示屏的两个显示区域所在的机体上。显示屏分别处于折叠形态和非折叠形态时,霍尔传感器内部位置处的磁场大小不同,从而使霍尔传感器输出电信号不同。电子设备100通过霍尔传感器输出的电信号,确定两个显示区域所在的机体的开合,从而确定显示屏处于折叠形态或者非折叠形态(包含展平形态和展开形态)。当通过霍尔传感器检测到显示屏处于折叠形态时,电子设备100可执行本申请实施例提供的界面显示方法。当通过霍尔传感器检测到显示屏处于非折叠形态时,电子设备100可不执行本申请实施例提供的界面显示方法。In some other embodiments of the present application, the Hall sensor may also be located on the body where the two display areas of the foldable display screen are located. When the display screen is in the folded form and the non-folded form, the magnitude of the magnetic field at the inner position of the Hall sensor is different, so that the output signal of the Hall sensor is different. The electronic device 100 determines the opening and closing of the body where the two display areas are located through the electrical signal output by the Hall sensor, so as to determine that the display screen is in a folded or unfolded form (including a flattened form and an unfolded form). When the Hall sensor detects that the display screen is in a folded form, the electronic device 100 can execute the interface display method provided in the embodiment of the present application. When the hall sensor detects that the display screen is in a non-folding form, the electronic device 100 may not execute the interface display method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
加速度传感器180E可检测电子设备100在各个方向上(一般为三轴)加速度的大小。当电子设备100静止时可检测出重力的大小及方向。还可以用于识别电子设备姿态,应用于横竖屏切换,计步器等应用。The acceleration sensor 180E can detect the magnitude of the acceleration of the electronic device 100 in various directions (generally three axes). When the electronic device 100 is stationary, the magnitude and direction of gravity can be detected. It can also be used to identify the posture of electronic devices, and apply to applications such as horizontal and vertical screen switching, pedometers, etc.
距离传感器180F,用于测量距离。电子设备100可以通过红外或激光测量距离。在一些实施例中,拍摄场景,电子设备100可以利用距离传感器180F测距以实现快速对焦。Distance sensor 180F, used to measure distance. The electronic device 100 can measure the distance by infrared or laser. In some embodiments, when shooting a scene, the electronic device 100 may use the distance sensor 180F to measure the distance to achieve fast focusing.
接近光传感器180G可以包括例如发光二极管(LED)和光检测器,例如光电二极管。发光二极管可以是红外发光二极管。电子设备100通过发光二极管向外发射红外光。电子设备100使用光电二极管检测来自附近物体的红外反射光。当检测到充分的反射光时,可以确定电子设备100附近有物体。当检测到不充分的反射光时,电子设备100可以确定电子设备100附近没有物体。电子设备100可以利用接近光传感器180G检测用户手持电子设备100贴近耳朵通话,以便自动熄灭屏幕达到省电的目的。接近光传感器180G也可用于皮套模式,口袋模式自动解锁与锁屏。The proximity light sensor 180G may include, for example, a light emitting diode (LED) and a light detector such as a photodiode. The light emitting diode may be an infrared light emitting diode. The electronic device 100 emits infrared light to the outside through the light emitting diode. The electronic device 100 uses a photodiode to detect infrared reflected light from nearby objects. When sufficient reflected light is detected, it can be determined that there is an object near the electronic device 100. When insufficient reflected light is detected, the electronic device 100 can determine that there is no object near the electronic device 100. The electronic device 100 can use the proximity light sensor 180G to detect that the user holds the electronic device 100 close to the ear to talk, so as to automatically turn off the screen to save power. The proximity light sensor 180G can also be used in leather case mode, and the pocket mode will automatically unlock and lock the screen.
触摸传感器180K,也称“触控面板”。触摸传感器180K可以设置于显示屏194,由触摸传感器180K与显示屏194组成触摸屏,也称“触控屏”。触摸传感器180K用于检测作用于其上或附近的触摸操作。触摸传感器可以将检测到的触摸操作传递给应用处理器,以确定触摸事件类型。可以通过显示屏194提供与触摸操作相关的视觉输出。在另一些实施例中,触摸传感器180K也可以设置于电子设备100的表面,与显示屏194所处的位置不同。Touch sensor 180K, also called "touch panel". The touch sensor 180K may be disposed on the display screen 194, and the touch screen is composed of the touch sensor 180K and the display screen 194, which is also called a “touch screen”. The touch sensor 180K is used to detect touch operations acting on or near it. The touch sensor can pass the detected touch operation to the application processor to determine the type of touch event. The visual output related to the touch operation can be provided through the display screen 194. In other embodiments, the touch sensor 180K may also be disposed on the surface of the electronic device 100, which is different from the position of the display screen 194.
在本申请实施例中,电子设备100的软件系统可以采用分层架构,事件驱动架构,微核架构,微服务架构,或云架构。本申请实施例以分层架构为例,示例性说明电子设备100的软件结构。分层架构将软件分成若干个层,每一层都有清晰的角色和分工。层与层之间通过软件接口通信。在一些实施例中,将系统分为四层,从上至下分别为应用程序层,应用程序框架层,系统库,以及内核层。In the embodiment of the present application, the software system of the electronic device 100 may adopt a layered architecture, an event-driven architecture, a microkernel architecture, a microservice architecture, or a cloud architecture. The embodiment of the present application takes a layered architecture as an example to illustrate the software structure of the electronic device 100 by way of example. The layered architecture divides the software into several layers, and each layer has a clear role and division of labor. Communication between layers through software interface. In some embodiments, the system is divided into four layers, from top to bottom, the application layer, the application framework layer, the system library, and the kernel layer.
请参见图14,图14是本申请实施例示例性提供的电子设备100的软件结构框图。Please refer to FIG. 14, which is a software structure block diagram of an electronic device 100 exemplarily provided in an embodiment of the present application.
如图14所示,应用程序包可以包括相机,图库,日历,通话,地图,导航,WLAN,蓝牙,音乐,微信,短信息等应用。As shown in Figure 14, the application package may include applications such as camera, gallery, calendar, call, map, navigation, WLAN, Bluetooth, music, WeChat, SMS, etc.
以微信应用为例,当微信应用检测到切换到特定用户界面,例如二维码界面时,可通 过应用编程接口向应用程序框架层中的信息处理模块发送第一通知。该第一通知指示应用当前切换到特定的用户界面,例如二维码界面。不限于微信应用,还可以是其他应用,例如支付宝应用、华为钱包应用等等。Taking the WeChat application as an example, when the WeChat application detects switching to a specific user interface, such as a QR code interface, it can send a first notification to the information processing module in the application framework layer through the application programming interface. The first notification indicates that the application is currently switching to a specific user interface, such as a QR code interface. It is not limited to WeChat applications, but can also be other applications, such as Alipay, Huawei Wallet, and so on.
在本申请的另一些实施例中,微信应用还可在检测到切换到特定用户界面时,从系统库中的角度计算模块查询当前可折叠的显示屏的形态是否为折叠形态。当可折叠的显示屏的形态是否为折叠形态时,才通过应用编程接口向应用程序框架层中的信息处理模块发送第一通知。In some other embodiments of the present application, the WeChat application may also query whether the current foldable display screen is in a folded form from the angle calculation module in the system library when it detects that it is switched to a specific user interface. When the form of the foldable display screen is a folded form, the first notification is sent to the information processing module in the application framework layer through the application programming interface.
应用程序框架层为应用程序层的应用程序提供应用编程接口(application programming interface,API)和编程框架。应用程序框架层包括一些预先定义的函数。The application framework layer provides an application programming interface (application programming interface, API) and a programming framework for applications in the application layer. The application framework layer includes some predefined functions.
如图14所示,应用程序框架层可以包括信息处理模块。As shown in Figure 14, the application framework layer may include an information processing module.
本申请实施例中,信息处理模块,可接收来自应用的第一通知。信息处理模块在收到来自应用的第一通知后,可向系统库中的显示模块通知需固定不切换显示区域(即关闭自动切换显示区域功能),或者向显示模块通知需第一显示区域和第二显示区域均显示用户界面,具体可参考图15所描述示例中步骤S106和图16所描述示例中步骤S207的描述。In this embodiment of the application, the information processing module may receive the first notification from the application. After receiving the first notification from the application, the information processing module can notify the display module in the system library that the display area needs to be fixed (that is, turn off the automatic display area switching function), or notify the display module that the first display area and The second display area displays the user interface. For details, refer to the description of step S106 in the example described in FIG. 15 and the description of step S207 in the example described in FIG. 16.
本申请实施例中,应用程序框架层还可以包含窗口管理器,内容提供器,视图系统,电话管理器,资源管理器,通知管理器等。In the embodiment of the present application, the application framework layer may also include a window manager, a content provider, a view system, a phone manager, a resource manager, a notification manager, etc.
窗口管理器用于管理窗口程序。窗口管理器可以获取显示屏大小,判断是否有状态栏,锁定屏幕,截取屏幕等。内容提供器用来存放和获取数据,并使这些数据可以被应用程序访问。所述数据可以包括视频,图像,音频,拨打和接听的电话,浏览历史和书签,电话簿等。视图系统包括可视控件,例如显示文字的控件,显示图片的控件等。视图系统可用于构建应用程序。显示界面可以由一个或多个视图组成的。例如,包括短信通知图标的显示界面,可以包括显示文字的视图以及显示图片的视图。电话管理器用于提供第二电子设备200的通信功能。例如通话状态的管理(包括接通,挂断等)。资源管理器为应用程序提供各种资源,比如本地化字符串,图标,图片,布局文件,视频文件等等。通知管理器使应用程序可以在状态栏中显示通知信息,可以用于传达告知类型的消息,可以短暂停留后自动消失,无需用户交互。比如通知管理器被用于告知下载完成,消息提醒等。通知管理器还可以是以图表或者滚动条文本形式出现在系统顶部状态栏的通知,例如后台运行的应用程序的通知,还可以是以对话窗口形式出现在屏幕上的通知。例如在状态栏提示文本信息,发出提示音,电子设备振动,指示灯闪烁等。The window manager is used to manage window programs. The window manager can obtain the size of the display screen, determine whether there is a status bar, lock the screen, take a screenshot, etc. The content provider is used to store and retrieve data and make these data accessible to applications. The data may include videos, images, audios, phone calls made and received, browsing history and bookmarks, phone book, etc. The view system includes visual controls, such as controls that display text, controls that display pictures, and so on. The view system can be used to build applications. The display interface can be composed of one or more views. For example, a display interface that includes a short message notification icon may include a view that displays text and a view that displays pictures. The phone manager is used to provide the communication function of the second electronic device 200. For example, the management of the call status (including connecting, hanging up, etc.). The resource manager provides various resources for the application, such as localized strings, icons, pictures, layout files, video files, and so on. The notification manager enables the application to display notification information in the status bar, which can be used to convey notification-type messages, and it can automatically disappear after a short stay without user interaction. For example, the notification manager is used to notify download completion, message reminders, and so on. The notification manager can also be a notification that appears in the status bar at the top of the system in the form of a chart or a scroll bar text, such as a notification of an application running in the background, or a notification that appears on the screen in the form of a dialog window. For example, text messages are prompted in the status bar, prompt sounds, electronic devices vibrate, and indicator lights flash.
应用程序层和应用程序框架层运行在虚拟机中。虚拟机将应用程序层和应用程序框架层的java文件执行为二进制文件。虚拟机用于执行对象生命周期的管理,堆栈管理,线程管理,安全和异常的管理,以及垃圾回收等功能。The application layer and application framework layer run in a virtual machine. The virtual machine executes the java files of the application layer and the application framework layer as binary files. The virtual machine is used to perform functions such as object life cycle management, stack management, thread management, security and exception management, and garbage collection.
系统库可以包括显示模块,还可以包含其他多个功能模块。例如:表面管理器(surface manager),媒体库(Media Libraries),三维图形处理库(例如:OpenGLES),2D图形引擎(例如:SGL)等。The system library can include a display module, and can also include multiple other functional modules. For example: surface manager (surface manager), media library (Media Libraries), 3D graphics processing library (for example: OpenGLES), 2D graphics engine (for example: SGL), etc.
其中,显示模块,可用于接收来自应用框架层中信息处理模块的通知。在关闭自动切换显示区域的功能的场景中,显示模块可根据显示屏当前的形态、自动切换显示区域的功能已打开的状态,关闭自动切换显示区域的功能。具体可参考图15所描述示例中步骤 S106~S109。Among them, the display module can be used to receive notifications from the information processing module in the application framework layer. In a scenario where the function of automatically switching the display area is turned off, the display module can turn off the function of automatically switching the display area according to the current form of the display screen and the state in which the function of automatically switching the display area is turned on. For details, refer to steps S106 to S109 in the example described in FIG. 15.
在第一显示区域和第二显示区域同时显示特定用户界面的场景中,显示模块可通知显示驱动,初始化当前未显示的屏幕(例如第二显示区域)并在第一显示区域和第二显示区域上均显示。具体可参考图16所描述示例中步骤S208。In a scenario where a specific user interface is displayed in the first display area and the second display area at the same time, the display module can notify the display driver to initialize the currently undisplayed screen (for example, the second display area) and set it in the first display area and the second display area. Both are displayed. For details, refer to step S208 in the example described in FIG. 16.
本申请实施例中,系统库还可以包含用于确定显示屏的形态的角度计算模块。角度计算模块可从内核层的传感器驱动获取角度数据,并计算显示屏的打开角度,根据打开角度确定显示屏的形态,例如展平形态、折叠形态或者展开形态。显示模块可向角度计算模块查询显示屏的形态,当显示屏的形态为折叠形态时,显示模块才会关闭自动切换显示区域的功能或者通知显示驱动在第一显示区域和第二显示区域均显示特定用户界面,具体可参考图15所描述示例中步骤S107~S109。In the embodiment of the present application, the system library may also include an angle calculation module for determining the form of the display screen. The angle calculation module can obtain angle data from the sensor drive of the inner core layer, calculate the opening angle of the display screen, and determine the form of the display screen according to the opening angle, such as flattened form, folded form, or unfolded form. The display module can query the form of the display screen from the angle calculation module. When the form of the display screen is folded, the display module will turn off the function of automatically switching the display area or notify the display driver to display both in the first display area and the second display area. For the specific user interface, refer to steps S107 to S109 in the example described in FIG. 15 for details.
在另一种可能的实现中,应用(例如微信应用)可从角度计算模块获得当前显示屏的形态,显示屏为折叠形态时,微信应用才根据切换到的二维码界面向信息处理模块发送通知,具体可参考图16所描述示例中步骤S204~S206。In another possible implementation, an application (such as a WeChat application) can obtain the current display form from the angle calculation module. When the display is in a folded form, the WeChat application sends to the information processing module according to the switched QR code interface For the notification, refer to steps S204 to S206 in the example described in FIG. 16 for details.
表面管理器用于对显示子系统进行管理,并且为多个应用程序提供了2D和3D图层的融合。媒体库支持多种常用的音频,视频格式回放和录制,以及静态图像文件等。媒体库可以支持多种音视频编码格式,例如:MPEG4,H.264,MP3,AAC,AMR,JPG,PNG等。三维图形处理库用于实现三维图形绘图,图像渲染,合成,和图层处理等。2D图形引擎是2D绘图的绘图引擎。The surface manager is used to manage the display subsystem and provides a combination of 2D and 3D layers for multiple applications. The media library supports playback and recording of a variety of commonly used audio and video formats, as well as still image files. The media library can support multiple audio and video encoding formats, such as: MPEG4, H.264, MP3, AAC, AMR, JPG, PNG, etc. The 3D graphics processing library is used to implement 3D graphics drawing, image rendering, synthesis, and layer processing. The 2D graphics engine is a drawing engine for 2D drawing.
内核层是硬件和软件之间的层。内核层可包含显示驱动,还可包含摄像头驱动,音频驱动,传感器驱动。The kernel layer is the layer between hardware and software. The kernel layer can include display drivers, camera drivers, audio drivers, and sensor drivers.
显示驱动,用于接收显示模块的通知。当通知指示在当前显示区域(第一显示区域)上显示时,显示驱动就驱动显示屏在第一显示区域上显示二维码界面。当通知指示在第一显示区域和第二显示区域上进行显示时,显示驱动就驱动显示屏在第一显示区域和第二显示区域上均显示二维码界面。The display driver is used to receive notifications from the display module. When the notification indication is displayed on the current display area (the first display area), the display driver drives the display screen to display the two-dimensional code interface on the first display area. When the notification instruction is displayed on the first display area and the second display area, the display driver drives the display screen to display the two-dimensional code interface on both the first display area and the second display area.
传感器驱动用于驱动传感器检测数据。当加速度传感器180E和陀螺仪传感器180E检测到角度数据,相应的硬件中断被发给内核层。内核层的传感器驱动将角度数据发送给系统库中的角度计算模块。The sensor driver is used to drive the sensor to detect data. When the acceleration sensor 180E and the gyroscope sensor 180E detect the angle data, the corresponding hardware interrupt is sent to the kernel layer. The sensor driver of the kernel layer sends the angle data to the angle calculation module in the system library.
需要说明的,图14所示的电子设备的功能架构仅仅是本申请实施例的一种实现方式,实际应用中,电子设备还可以包括更多或更少的软件模块,这里不作限制。It should be noted that the functional architecture of the electronic device shown in FIG. 14 is only an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present application. In practical applications, the electronic device may also include more or fewer software modules, which is not limited here.
在本申请实施例中,图14所示的软件结构中的显示模块,还用于根据各个软件模块的运行而显示对应的用户界面。该显示模块显示的用户界面可参照图1a~图1b、图3a~图10b所描述实施例。该显示模块具体可以实现为图11中的显示屏194。In the embodiment of the present application, the display module in the software structure shown in FIG. 14 is also used to display the corresponding user interface according to the operation of each software module. The user interface displayed by the display module can refer to the embodiments described in FIGS. 1a to 1b and FIGS. 3a to 10b. The display module may be specifically implemented as the display screen 194 in FIG. 11.
基于图14所示的软件架构图,下面以具体的例子说明本申请实施例提供的折叠屏设备中显示方法。图15是本申请实施例提供的一种显示方法流程示意图。该显示方法中,当折叠屏设备切换到特定用户界面(例如二维码界面)时,折叠屏设备关闭自动切换显示区域功能。当折叠屏设备退出该特定用户界面时,折叠屏设备可重新恢复开启自动切换显示区域功能。Based on the software architecture diagram shown in FIG. 14, the following specific examples are used to describe the display method in the folding screen device provided in the embodiment of the present application. FIG. 15 is a schematic flowchart of a display method provided by an embodiment of the present application. In the display method, when the folding screen device switches to a specific user interface (for example, a two-dimensional code interface), the folding screen device turns off the function of automatically switching the display area. When the folding screen device exits the specific user interface, the folding screen device can resume the automatic switching display area function.
该显示方法所涉及的应用界面可参考图4a~图4c、图5a~图5c。如图15所示,该显示方法包含步骤S101~S115。For the application interface involved in the display method, refer to Figures 4a to 4c and Figures 5a to 5c. As shown in FIG. 15, the display method includes steps S101 to S115.
S101、角度计算模块从传感器驱动接收角度数据。S101. The angle calculation module receives angle data from the sensor driver.
其中,传感器驱动可驱动传感器(例如陀螺仪传感器180E)测量角度数据。不限于示例所示出传感器,传感器驱动驱动的传感器还可以包含其他可测量折叠屏设备的姿态的传感器,例如霍尔传感器等、加速度传感器等。其中,霍尔传感器可检测两个显示区域所在的机体的开合,从而确定显示屏处于折叠形态或者非折叠形态(包含展平形态和展开形态),具体参考图11所描述示例中的描述。Among them, the sensor drive can drive a sensor (for example, a gyroscope sensor 180E) to measure angle data. It is not limited to the sensor shown in the example, and the sensor driven by the sensor may also include other sensors that can measure the posture of the folding screen device, such as a Hall sensor, etc., an acceleration sensor, etc. Among them, the Hall sensor can detect the opening and closing of the body where the two display areas are located, so as to determine that the display screen is in a folded form or a non-folded form (including a flat form and an expanded form). For details, refer to the description in the example described in FIG.
S102、角度计算模块确定显示屏的形态。S102. The angle calculation module determines the form of the display screen.
本申请实施例中,显示屏的形态可包含展平形态、折叠形态和展开形态,具体可参考前述概念描述部分。本申请实施例中,当显示屏处于折叠形态或者展开形态时,才执行本申请实施例所提供的显示方法。当显示屏处于展平形态时可以不执行本申请实施例提供的显示方法。In the embodiment of the present application, the form of the display screen may include a flat form, a folded form, and an expanded form. For details, please refer to the aforementioned concept description part. In the embodiment of the present application, the display method provided in the embodiment of the present application is executed only when the display screen is in the folded state or the unfolded state. When the display screen is in a flattened form, the display method provided in the embodiment of the present application may not be executed.
本申请实施例中,角度计算模块和传感器驱动可持续检测数据,以实时获取显示屏的形态。S103、显示驱动驱动显示屏在第一显示区域显示用户界面20。In the embodiment of the present application, the angle calculation module and the sensor drive can continuously detect data to obtain the form of the display screen in real time. S103. The display driver drives the display screen to display the
S104、微信应用切换到二维码界面,则执行步骤S105。S104: The WeChat application switches to the two-dimensional code interface, and step S105 is executed.
其中,微信应用可包含多个界面(例如消息列表界面、二维码界面、聊天窗口界面、朋友圈界面等等)。微信应用还可包含各个界面切换的控制逻辑。界面切换的控制逻辑包含控件与界面内容的对应关系,该对应关系例如包含图4a中收付款选项2053d与二维码界面10的对应关系。下面结合图4a~图4b所示出的场景,介绍微信应用切换二维码界面的原理。Among them, the WeChat application may include multiple interfaces (for example, a message list interface, a QR code interface, a chat window interface, a circle of friends interface, etc.). The WeChat application can also contain control logic for switching between various interfaces. The control logic of the interface switching includes the corresponding relationship between the control and the interface content, and the corresponding relationship includes, for example, the corresponding relationship between the payment option 2053d in FIG. 4a and the two-
当触摸传感器180K接收到作用在图4a中选项2053位置的触摸操作,相应的硬件中断被发给内核层。内核层将触摸操作加工成原始输入事件(包括触摸坐标,触摸操作的时间戳等信息)。原始输入事件被存储在内核层。应用程序框架层从内核层获取原始输入事件,识别该输入事件所对应的控件。该触摸操作所对应的控件为微信应用的用户界面20中收付款选项2053d,应用程序框架层将收付款选项2053d的名称通知给微信应用。微信应用根据界面切换的控制逻辑找到收付款选项2053d对应的界面内容,即为二维码界面,则微信应用切换到该二维码界面。本申请实施例中,二维码界面例如是前述图4a和图4b所示出的微信付款码10,还可以是微信应用中包含个人信息的二维码界面,还可以是包含某一账号信息、某一网页信息、某一商品信息的界面,还可以是乘车码等,本申请实施例对此不作限定。例如,响应于作用在图4a所示出收付款选项2053d的用户操作,微信应用可切换到该二维码界面10。When the touch sensor 180K receives a touch operation acting on the position of the
另外,不限于二维码界面,当显示其他特定用户界面时,折叠屏设备也可关闭自动切换显示区域功能。即前述的特定用户界面不限于二维码界面。其他用户界面例如图库的用户界面、视频的用户界面等。图库的用户界面可参考图8a和图8b,视频的用户界面例如可包含图9所示界面。In addition, it is not limited to the two-dimensional code interface. When displaying other specific user interfaces, the folding screen device can also turn off the function of automatically switching the display area. That is, the aforementioned specific user interface is not limited to the two-dimensional code interface. Other user interfaces such as the user interface of the gallery, the user interface of the video, etc. The user interface of the gallery can refer to Figure 8a and Figure 8b, and the user interface of the video can include the interface shown in Figure 9, for example.
S105、微信应用向信息处理模块发送第一通知,第一通知指示已切换到二维码界面。S105. The WeChat application sends a first notification to the information processing module. The first notification indicates that the QR code interface has been switched.
本申请实施例中,折叠屏设备中可经过图7a和图7b所示出示例的设置过程,信息处理模块可得知在哪些用户界面上需关闭自动切换显示区域的功能。例如,如图7b所示,二 维码界面(微信付款码、微信个人名片、支付宝付款码……)和图库的用户界面对应的选项被选中。响应于作用在确定控件403的用户操作,信息处理模块可获知当显示二维码界面、图库的用户界面时需关闭自动切换显示区域的功能。从而当信息处理模块接收到来自应用的第一通知时,执行步骤S106。In the embodiment of the present application, the folding screen device may go through the example setting process shown in FIG. 7a and FIG. 7b, and the information processing module may know on which user interface the function of automatically switching the display area needs to be turned off. For example, as shown in Figure 7b, the two-dimensional code interface (WeChat payment code, WeChat personal business card, Alipay payment code...) and the corresponding options of the user interface of the gallery are selected. In response to the user operation acting on the determining
S106、信息处理模块向显示模块发送第二通知,第二通知指示需固定不切换显示区域。S106. The information processing module sends a second notification to the display module, and the second notification indicates that the display area needs to be fixed and not switched.
本申请实施例中,当折叠屏设备处于折叠形态时,才会固定不切换显示区域,即关闭自动切换显示区域的功能。故,信息处理模块在执行步骤S109之前,需执行步骤S107以确定当前折叠屏设备的显示屏的形态。In the embodiment of the present application, when the folding screen device is in a folded state, the display area will not be fixed, that is, the function of automatically switching the display area will be turned off. Therefore, before performing step S109, the information processing module needs to perform step S107 to determine the form of the display screen of the current folding screen device.
S107、显示模块从角度计算模块获取当前显示屏的形态为折叠形态,执行步骤S108。S107. The display module obtains the current display screen form as the folded form from the angle calculation module, and executes step S108.
本申请实施例中,当显示模块从角度计算模块获取当前显示屏的形态为展平形态时,结束流程,不再执行步骤S108~S109。In the embodiment of the present application, when the display module obtains the current display screen form from the angle calculation module to be the flat form, the process ends, and steps S108 to S109 are not executed.
S108、显示模块检测到自动切换显示区域的功能已打开。S108. The display module detects that the function of automatically switching the display area has been turned on.
本申请实施例中,当自动切换显示区域的功能已关闭时,则无需执行步骤S109,仅在当前用于显示的区域(例如第一显示区域)上显示即可。In the embodiment of the present application, when the function of automatically switching the display area is turned off, there is no need to perform step S109, and it is only necessary to display on the area currently used for display (such as the first display area).
本申请实施例中,自动切换显示区域的功能是否打开可通过标识指示,例如,标识1指示自动切换显示区域的功能打开,标识0指示自动切换显示区域的功能关闭。关闭自动切换显示区域的功能即是将该标识置为0,开启自动切换显示区域的功能即是将该标识置为1。In the embodiment of the present application, whether the function of automatically switching the display area is turned on can be indicated by a flag, for example,
显示模块可存储该标识。显示模块还可记录当前显示内容的显示区域,例如记录当前显示内容的显示区域为第一显示区域。当该标识为0时,显示模块通知显示驱动仅在当前显示区域(例如第一显示区域)显示内容。当该标识为1时,显示模块从系统库中的模块获得当前折叠屏设备的姿态,根据当前折叠屏设备的姿态确定用于显示内容的显示区域(第一显示区域或者第二显示区域)。系统库中的模块可根据传感器(例如陀螺仪传感器)检测的数据确定当前折叠屏设备的姿态。The display module can store the logo. The display module may also record the display area of the currently displayed content, for example, record the display area of the currently displayed content as the first display area. When the flag is 0, the display module notifies the display driver to display content only in the current display area (for example, the first display area). When the flag is 1, the display module obtains the current posture of the folding screen device from the module in the system library, and determines the display area (first display area or second display area) for displaying content according to the current posture of the folding screen device. The modules in the system library can determine the current posture of the folding screen device according to the data detected by the sensor (for example, the gyroscope sensor).
S109、显示模块关闭自动切换显示区域的功能。S109. The display module turns off the function of automatically switching the display area.
本申请实施例中,显示模块仅在显示该特定用户界面,例如二维码界面期间,才关闭该自动切换显示区域的功能。当退出二维码界面时,例如图6a和图6b所示,响应于作用在返回控件106的用户操作,折叠屏设备显示用户界面20时,可重新恢复打开自动切换显示区域的功能,即步骤S112~S115。In the embodiment of the present application, the display module only turns off the function of automatically switching the display area during the display of the specific user interface, such as the two-dimensional code interface. When exiting the QR code interface, as shown in Figures 6a and 6b, for example, in response to a user operation on the
S110、显示模块向显示驱动发送第三通知,第三通知指示在当前用于显示的区域(例如第一显示区域)上显示。S110. The display module sends a third notification to the display driver, and the third notification indicates that it is displayed on the area currently used for display (for example, the first display area).
本申请实施例中,当前用于显示的区域是指,当切换到二维码界面时折叠屏设备中用于显示的显示区域,可以是第一显示区域,也可以是第二显示区域。In the embodiments of the present application, the area currently used for display refers to the display area used for display in the folding screen device when switching to the two-dimensional code interface, which may be the first display area or the second display area.
S111、显示驱动驱动显示屏在第一显示区域上显示二维码界面。S111. The display driver drives the display screen to display the two-dimensional code interface on the first display area.
其中,在显示屏显示二维码界面期间,显示驱动均确定显示屏在第一显示区域上显示该二维码界面。不论折叠屏设备处于何种姿态,也不管第一显示区域和第二显示区域被触摸的状态,折叠屏设备都不切换用于显示该二维码界面的显示区域。Wherein, during the period when the display screen displays the two-dimensional code interface, the display driver determines that the display screen displays the two-dimensional code interface on the first display area. Regardless of the posture of the folding screen device, and regardless of the state in which the first display area and the second display area are touched, the folding screen device does not switch the display area for displaying the two-dimensional code interface.
S112、微信应用退出二维码界面。S112. The WeChat application exits the QR code interface.
例如,图4b所示示例,响应于作用在返回控件106的用户操作,微信应用可退出二维码界面。下面结合图6a~图6b所示出的场景,介绍微信应用退出二维码界面的原理。For example, in the example shown in FIG. 4b, in response to a user operation on the
当触摸传感器180K接收到作用在图6a中返回控件106位置的触摸操作,相应的硬件中断被发给内核层。内核层将触摸操作加工成原始输入事件(包括触摸坐标,触摸操作的时间戳等信息)。原始输入事件被存储在内核层。应用程序框架层从内核层获取原始输入事件,识别该输入事件所对应的控件。该触摸操作所对应的控件为二维码界面10中返回控件106,应用程序框架层将返回控件106的名称通知给微信应用。微信应用根据界面切换的控制逻辑找到返回控件106对应的界面内容,即为用户界面20,则微信应用切换到该用户界面20,即退出二维码界面10。When the touch sensor 180K receives a touch operation that acts on the position of the
S113、微信应用向信息处理模块发送第四通知,指示已退出二维码界面。S113. The WeChat application sends a fourth notification to the information processing module, indicating that the QR code interface has been exited.
S114、信息处理模块向显示模块发送第五通知,指示需开启自动切换显示区域功能。S114. The information processing module sends a fifth notification to the display module, indicating that the function of automatically switching the display area needs to be turned on.
S115、显示模块开启自动切换显示区域的功能。S115. The display module turns on the function of automatically switching the display area.
本申请实施例中,当开启了自动切换显示区域的功能之后,传感器驱动可驱动传感器实时检测设备的姿态,显示模块可根据折叠屏设备的姿态确定用于显示内容的显示区域,并向显示驱动发送通知,以使得显示驱动驱动第一显示区域或第二显示区域显示用户界面。In the embodiment of this application, when the function of automatically switching the display area is turned on, the sensor driver can drive the sensor to detect the device's posture in real time. The display module can determine the display area for displaying content according to the posture of the folding screen device, and drive it to the display. Send a notification so that the display driver drives the first display area or the second display area to display the user interface.
在本申请的另一些实施例中,微信应用可从角度计算模块获得当前显示屏的形态,显示屏为折叠形态或者展开形态时,微信应用才根据切换到的二维码界面执行步骤S104。显示屏为展平形态时,不再执行步骤S104。显示模块无需在检测显示屏的形态,即无需执行步骤S107。图15所描述的显示方法中,折叠屏设备检测到第一显示区域或者第二显示区域显示二维码界面,则关闭自动切换显示区域的功能。这样,便于用户翻转折叠屏设备使得另一设备扫描二维码,提高了便利性。In some other embodiments of the present application, the WeChat application can obtain the current display form from the angle calculation module. Only when the display is in a folded or unfolded form, the WeChat application executes step S104 according to the switched QR code interface. When the display screen is in a flattened form, step S104 is no longer executed. The display module does not need to detect the shape of the display screen, that is, it does not need to perform step S107. In the display method described in FIG. 15, when the folding screen device detects that the first display area or the second display area displays a two-dimensional code interface, the function of automatically switching the display area is closed. In this way, it is convenient for the user to turn the folding screen device so that another device scans the two-dimensional code, which improves the convenience.
请参阅图16,图16是本申请实施例提供的另一种显示方法流程示意图。该显示方法中,当折叠屏设备切换到特定用户界面(例如二维码界面)时,折叠屏设备可在第一显示区域和第二显示区域均显示该特定用户界面。当折叠屏设备退出该特定用户界面时,折叠屏设备可重新恢复仅在第一显示区域和第二显示区域中的一个屏上显示的状态。Please refer to FIG. 16, which is a schematic flowchart of another display method provided by an embodiment of the present application. In the display method, when the folding screen device switches to a specific user interface (for example, a two-dimensional code interface), the folding screen device can display the specific user interface in both the first display area and the second display area. When the foldable screen device exits the specific user interface, the foldable screen device can restore the state of displaying only on one of the first display area and the second display area.
该显示方法所涉及的应用界面可参考图4a、图4b、图4d、图6a、图6b。如图16所示,该显示方法包含步骤S201~S216。The application interface involved in the display method can refer to FIG. 4a, FIG. 4b, FIG. 4d, FIG. 6a, and FIG. 6b. As shown in FIG. 16, the display method includes steps S201 to S216.
步骤S201~S204具体可参考图16所描述示例中步骤S101~S104的描述,这里不再赘述。For details of steps S201 to S204, reference may be made to the description of steps S101 to S104 in the example described in FIG. 16, which will not be repeated here.
S205、微信应用向角度计算模块查询当前显示屏的形态为折叠形态,则执行步骤S206。S205: The WeChat application queries the angle calculation module for the current display screen form as folded form, and step S206 is executed.
在一种可能的实施例中,微信应用可向角度计算模块查询当前显示屏的形态。如果当前显示屏的形态为折叠形态,则执行步骤S206及后续步骤。如果当前显示屏的形态为展平形态,则结束流程,不再执行步骤S206及后续步骤。In a possible embodiment, the WeChat application may query the angle calculation module for the current display form. If the form of the current display screen is the folded form, step S206 and subsequent steps are executed. If the form of the current display screen is the flat form, the process ends, and step S206 and subsequent steps are not executed.
S206、微信应用向信息处理模块发送第一通知,第一通知指示已切换到二维码界面。S206. The WeChat application sends a first notification to the information processing module. The first notification indicates that the QR code interface has been switched.
步骤S206可类比图15所描述示例中步骤S105的描述,折叠屏设备中也可经过图7a和图7b所示出示例的设置过程,信息处理模块可得知在哪些用户界面上需第一显示区域和第二显示区域均进行显示。例如,如图7b所示,二维码界面(微信付款码、微信个人名片、 支付宝付款码……)和图库的用户界面对应的选项被选中。响应于作用在确定控件403的用户操作,信息处理模块可获知当显示二维码界面、图库的用户界面时需第一显示区域和第二显示区域均进行显示。从而当信息处理模块接收到来自应用的第一通知时,执行步骤S207。Step S206 can be analogous to the description of step S105 in the example described in Figure 15. The folding screen device can also go through the setting process of the example shown in Figure 7a and Figure 7b, and the information processing module can learn which user interfaces require the first display Both the area and the second display area are displayed. For example, as shown in Fig. 7b, the options corresponding to the two-dimensional code interface (WeChat payment code, WeChat personal business card, Alipay payment code...) and the user interface of the gallery are selected. In response to a user operation on the determining
S207、信息处理模块向显示模块发送第六通知,第六通知指示需第一显示区域和第二显示区域均显示。S207. The information processing module sends a sixth notification to the display module, where the sixth notification indicates that both the first display area and the second display area need to be displayed.
当显示模块接收到第六通知时,无论自动切换显示区域的功能是否打开,显示模块均执行步骤S208,未退出二维码界面期间,显示模块均执行步骤S208中通知显示区域在第一显示区域和第二显示区域上显示的步骤。When the display module receives the sixth notification, regardless of whether the function of automatically switching the display area is turned on, the display module executes step S208. While the QR code interface is not exited, the display module executes step S208 to notify that the display area is in the first display area. And the steps shown on the second display area.
S208、显示模块向显示驱动发送第七通知,第七通知指示初始化当前未显示的显示区域(例如第二显示区域)并在第一显示区域和第二显示区域上显示。S208. The display module sends a seventh notification to the display driver, where the seventh notification instructs to initialize the currently undisplayed display area (for example, the second display area) and display it on the first display area and the second display area.
本申请实施例中,初始化第二显示区域可以是进行复位,为第二显示区域上电并进行显示做准备。In the embodiment of the present application, the initialization of the second display area may be a reset to prepare the second display area for power-on and display.
S209、显示驱动驱动显示屏在第一显示区域和第二显示区域上均显示二维码界面。S209. The display driver drives the display screen to display the two-dimensional code interface on both the first display area and the second display area.
第一显示区域和第二显示区域均显示的情况下,第一显示区域和第二显示区域分别各自接收到一路信号。这两路信号对应的显示内容可以相同,例如均为二维码界面。When both the first display area and the second display area are displayed, the first display area and the second display area each receive one signal. The display content corresponding to the two channels of signals can be the same, for example, both are two-dimensional code interfaces.
S210、微信应用退出二维码界面,则执行步骤S211。S210, the WeChat application exits the two-dimensional code interface, and step S211 is executed.
例如,图6a、图6b所示示例,响应于作用在返回控件106的用户操作,折叠屏设备可显示用户界面20,微信应用可检测到退出二维码界面。For example, in the examples shown in FIGS. 6a and 6b, in response to a user operation on the
S211、微信应用向信息处理模块发送第四通知,第四通知指示已退出二维码界面。S211. The WeChat application sends a fourth notification to the information processing module, where the fourth notification indicates that the QR code interface has been exited.
步骤S210~S211可参考图15所描述示例中步骤S112~S113,这里不再赘述。For steps S210 to S211, reference may be made to steps S112 to S113 in the example described in FIG. 15, which will not be repeated here.
S212、信息处理模块向显示模块发送第八通知,第八通知指示需恢复仅一个显示区域显示。S212. The information processing module sends an eighth notification to the display module, where the eighth notification indicates that only one display area needs to be restored to display.
本申请实施例中,在步骤S207之前,仅第一显示区域显示用户界面,则在步骤S212中恢复到仅在第一显示区域上显示用户界面,例如显示用户界面20。In the embodiment of the present application, before step S207, only the user interface is displayed in the first display area, then in step S212, it is restored to display the user interface only on the first display area, for example, the
在本申请实施例中,折叠屏设备也可开启了自动切换显示区域的功能。则在步骤S212之后,显示模块可根据折叠屏设备的姿态确定用于显示内容的显示区域,并向显示驱动发送通知,以使得显示驱动第一显示区域或第二显示区域显示用户界面。In the embodiment of the present application, the folding screen device may also enable the function of automatically switching the display area. After step S212, the display module may determine a display area for displaying content according to the posture of the folding screen device, and send a notification to the display driver, so that the display driver displays the user interface in the first display area or the second display area.
S213、显示模块向显示驱动发送第九通知,第九通知指示关闭第二显示区域。S213. The display module sends a ninth notification to the display driver, where the ninth notification instructs to close the second display area.
S214、显示模块根据折叠屏设备的姿态确定用于显示内容的显示区域为第一显示区域,则执行步骤S215。S214. The display module determines that the display area for displaying content is the first display area according to the posture of the folding screen device, and then executes step S215.
S215、显示模块向显示驱动发送第十通知,第十通知指示需在第一显示区域进行显示。S215. The display module sends a tenth notification to the display driver, and the tenth notification indicates that it needs to be displayed in the first display area.
S216、显示驱动驱动显示屏在第一显示区域上显示界面。S216. The display driver drives the display screen to display an interface on the first display area.
本申请实施例中,步骤S214持续被执行,以实时根据折叠屏设备的姿态实现自动切换显示区域的功能。当显示模块检测到折叠屏设备的姿态为第二显示区域面向人脸时,通知显示驱动驱动显示屏在第二显示区域进行显示。In the embodiment of the present application, step S214 is continuously executed to realize the function of automatically switching the display area according to the posture of the folding screen device in real time. When the display module detects that the posture of the folding screen device is that the second display area faces the human face, it notifies the display driver to drive the display screen to display in the second display area.
在本申请的另一些实施例中,微信应用可在切换到二维码界面时即向信息处理模块发送第一通知,即微信应用可无需执行步骤S205。显示模块执行步骤S208之前还可从角度 计算模块获得当前显示屏的形态,显示屏为折叠形态或者展开形态时,显示模块才执行步骤S208。显示屏为展平形态时,不再执行步骤S208。In some other embodiments of the present application, the WeChat application may send the first notification to the information processing module when switching to the two-dimensional code interface, that is, the WeChat application may not need to perform step S205. Before the display module executes step S208, it can also obtain the current display form from the angle calculation module. When the display is in a folded form or an expanded form, the display module executes step S208. When the display screen is in a flattened form, step S208 is no longer executed.
在图16所描述的显示方法中,当检测到折叠屏设备显示二维码界面时,折叠屏设备可在第一显示区域和第二显示区域上均显示该二维码界面。扫码器可对第二显示区域上显示的二维码界面进行扫描。在另一种实现中,用户可翻转设备使得第一显示区域背对用户人脸以供扫码器扫描二维码。则无论用户怎样翻转折叠屏设备,或者改变折叠屏设备的握持状态,折叠屏设备的第一显示区域和第二显示区域均显示二维码界面,供扫码器扫描二维码,提高了便利性。In the display method described in FIG. 16, when it is detected that the folding screen device displays a two-dimensional code interface, the folding screen device may display the two-dimensional code interface on both the first display area and the second display area. The code scanner can scan the QR code interface displayed on the second display area. In another implementation, the user can turn the device so that the first display area faces away from the user's face for the barcode scanner to scan the two-dimensional code. No matter how the user flips the folding screen device or changes the holding state of the folding screen device, the first display area and the second display area of the folding screen device both display the QR code interface for the scanner to scan the QR code, which improves Convenience.
上述实施例中所用,根据上下文,术语“当…时”可以被解释为意思是“如果…”或“在…后”或“响应于确定…”或“响应于检测到…”。类似地,根据上下文,短语“在确定…时”或“如果检测到(所陈述的条件或事件)”可以被解释为意思是“如果确定…”或“响应于确定…”或“在检测到(所陈述的条件或事件)时”或“响应于检测到(所陈述的条件或事件)”。As used in the above embodiments, depending on the context, the term "when" can be interpreted as meaning "if..." or "after" or "in response to determining..." or "in response to detecting...". Similarly, depending on the context, the phrase "when determining..." or "if detected (statement or event)" can be interpreted as meaning "if determined..." or "in response to determining..." or "when detected (Condition or event stated)" or "in response to detection of (condition or event stated)".
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线)或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质,(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘)等。In the above embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented by software, it can be implemented in the form of a computer program product in whole or in part. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part. The computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices. The computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium. For example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center. Transmission to another website site, computer, server or data center via wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrated with one or more available media. The usable medium may be a magnetic medium, (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, and a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state hard disk).
本领域普通技术人员可以理解实现上述实施例方法中的全部或部分流程,该流程可以由计算机程序来指令相关的硬件完成,该程序可存储于计算机可读取存储介质中,该程序在执行时,可包括如上述各方法实施例的流程。而前述的存储介质包括:ROM或随机存储记忆体RAM、磁碟或者光盘等各种可存储程序代码的介质。A person of ordinary skill in the art can understand that all or part of the process in the above-mentioned embodiment method can be realized. The process can be completed by a computer program instructing relevant hardware. The program can be stored in a computer readable storage medium. , May include the processes of the above-mentioned method embodiments. The aforementioned storage media include: ROM or random storage RAM, magnetic disks or optical disks and other media that can store program codes.
Claims (13)
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| CN201911425231.6 | 2019-12-31 | ||
| CN201911425231.6A CN111190563A (en) | 2019-12-31 | 2019-12-31 | Interface display method and related device |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2021135618A1 true WO2021135618A1 (en) | 2021-07-08 |
Family
ID=70708109
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/CN2020/125968 Ceased WO2021135618A1 (en) | 2019-12-31 | 2020-11-02 | Interface display method and related apparatus |
Country Status (2)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| CN (1) | CN111190563A (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2021135618A1 (en) |
Cited By (1)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2023045789A1 (en) * | 2021-09-27 | 2023-03-30 | 荣耀终端有限公司 | Method and apparatus for exiting quick-response code |
Families Citing this family (8)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN110531917A (en) * | 2019-07-24 | 2019-12-03 | 华为技术有限公司 | A kind of screen switching and terminal device |
| CN111190563A (en) * | 2019-12-31 | 2020-05-22 | 华为技术有限公司 | Interface display method and related device |
| CN113888961B (en) * | 2021-03-05 | 2022-08-12 | 荣耀终端有限公司 | An electronic device with a folding screen and a control method |
| CN116366750B (en) | 2021-12-28 | 2024-04-16 | 荣耀终端有限公司 | Method for determining folding screen angle and related equipment |
| CN115022527B (en) * | 2021-12-31 | 2023-04-14 | 荣耀终端有限公司 | Method and electronic device for enabling collaborative function |
| CN116962570B (en) * | 2023-07-24 | 2025-07-11 | Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 | Ambient light detection method and device, terminal equipment and storage medium |
| CN119493542A (en) * | 2023-08-18 | 2025-02-21 | 荣耀终端有限公司 | Two-dimensional code display method, electronic device, chip and storage medium |
| EP4650921A4 (en) * | 2023-09-19 | 2025-12-24 | Honor Device Co Ltd | DISPLAY METHOD AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE |
Citations (5)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US20160048170A1 (en) * | 2014-08-13 | 2016-02-18 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and electronic device for processing image |
| CN106101309A (en) * | 2016-06-29 | 2016-11-09 | 努比亚技术有限公司 | A kind of double-sided screen switching device and method, mobile terminal |
| CN109634542A (en) * | 2018-10-26 | 2019-04-16 | 努比亚技术有限公司 | A kind of switching display control method, terminal and computer readable storage medium |
| CN109917956A (en) * | 2019-02-22 | 2019-06-21 | 华为技术有限公司 | It is a kind of to control the method and electronic equipment that screen is shown |
| CN111190563A (en) * | 2019-12-31 | 2020-05-22 | 华为技术有限公司 | Interface display method and related device |
Family Cites Families (3)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JP2010277465A (en) * | 2009-05-29 | 2010-12-09 | Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications Ab | Mobile terminal apparatus, payment method, and payment program |
| CN107885474A (en) * | 2017-09-28 | 2018-04-06 | 努比亚技术有限公司 | Multi-screen terminal mobile payment control method, terminal and computer-readable recording medium |
| CN114710574A (en) * | 2019-01-11 | 2022-07-05 | 华为技术有限公司 | Display method and related device |
-
2019
- 2019-12-31 CN CN201911425231.6A patent/CN111190563A/en active Pending
-
2020
- 2020-11-02 WO PCT/CN2020/125968 patent/WO2021135618A1/en not_active Ceased
Patent Citations (5)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US20160048170A1 (en) * | 2014-08-13 | 2016-02-18 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and electronic device for processing image |
| CN106101309A (en) * | 2016-06-29 | 2016-11-09 | 努比亚技术有限公司 | A kind of double-sided screen switching device and method, mobile terminal |
| CN109634542A (en) * | 2018-10-26 | 2019-04-16 | 努比亚技术有限公司 | A kind of switching display control method, terminal and computer readable storage medium |
| CN109917956A (en) * | 2019-02-22 | 2019-06-21 | 华为技术有限公司 | It is a kind of to control the method and electronic equipment that screen is shown |
| CN111190563A (en) * | 2019-12-31 | 2020-05-22 | 华为技术有限公司 | Interface display method and related device |
Cited By (1)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2023045789A1 (en) * | 2021-09-27 | 2023-03-30 | 荣耀终端有限公司 | Method and apparatus for exiting quick-response code |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| CN111190563A (en) | 2020-05-22 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| WO2021135618A1 (en) | Interface display method and related apparatus | |
| KR102496111B1 (en) | Display method and related device | |
| CN110839096B (en) | A touch method for a device with a folding screen and a folding screen device | |
| CN112714901B (en) | Display control method, graphical user interface and electronic device for system navigation bar | |
| EP3964937B1 (en) | Method for generating user profile photo, and electronic device | |
| CN110543287B (en) | A screen display method and electronic device | |
| CN111164983B (en) | The interconnection terminal lends local processing capability | |
| WO2021013158A1 (en) | Display method and related apparatus | |
| WO2021057868A1 (en) | Interface switching method and electronic device | |
| WO2021023030A1 (en) | Message display method and electronic device | |
| CN112615947B (en) | The method of quickly entering the application and the folding screen electronic device | |
| CN113194454B (en) | Data sharing method, electronic device | |
| WO2022161119A1 (en) | Display method and electronic device | |
| CN118945629A (en) | Device interaction method and electronic device | |
| WO2020228735A1 (en) | Method for displaying application, and electronic device | |
| CN112835495A (en) | Method and device for opening application program and terminal equipment | |
| CN116027886A (en) | Display method and electronic device of a folding screen | |
| CN114173165B (en) | Display method and electronic equipment | |
| US20230014729A1 (en) | Method and computer device for sharing pictures | |
| CN117215446B (en) | Display method and electronic equipment | |
| CN114968052B (en) | Message display method, device, terminal, server and medium | |
| CN117793522A (en) | A picture shooting and sharing method and electronic device | |
| CN114531435B (en) | Data sharing method and related device | |
| CN120276633A (en) | Data sharing method and related device | |
| WO2024245003A1 (en) | Shoulder-button control method, graphical interface, and related apparatus |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 20908592 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
| NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
| 122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 20908592 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |